The Plutocracy Cartel

An Entrenched Global Elite Of Vast Wealth Has Spread Its Tentacles Over The Earth Wielding Extraordinary Power Over World Affairs.

A wealthy and powerful oligarchy of banks, corporations, and dynastic families and institutions, runs the world. This elite group exercises control through interlocking boards of directors and stock ownership, acting through private clubs, societies and institutions, dominating national governments, both democratic and authoritarian.

Behind a facade of wealth and privilege, the octopus arms of the Plutocracy Cartel embrace every region of the globe, generating obscene profits from its activities, including weapons trafficking, funding wars and controlling the global trade in drugs. And, as they accumulate more and more wealth and power, they undermine democracy, exploit the weak and vulnerable, ruin lives, and kill hope for millions.

The endgame of this plutocracy is global financial domination and world government.

This website seeks to expose this hegemonic global shadow government that dictates to presidents and prime ministers, directs economic and foreign policies, controls the value of money, oversees drug trafficking, and funds wars.

INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENT BANKS
ROTHSCHILD BANK OF LONDON
ROTHSCHILD BANK OF BERLIN
WARBURG BANK OF HAMBURG
WARBURG BANK OF AMSTERDAM
LAZARD BROTHERS OF PARIS
ISRAEL MOSES SEIF BANK OF ITALY
KUHN LOEB BANK OF NEW YORK
GOLDMAN SACHS OF NEW YORK
J. P. MORGAN CHASE BANK OF NEW YORK
LEHMAN BROTHERS OF NEW YORK

THE CITY OF LONDON CORPORATION
THE “CROWN”, THE “CITY”, THE “SQUARE MILE”

INSTITUTIONS, ORGANIZATIONS & JURISDICTIONS
SOCIETIES , CLUBS AND ORGANIZATIONS
UNITED NATIONS
WORLD TRADE ORGANIZATION (WTO)
WORLD BANK
INTERNATIONAL MONETARY FUND (IMF)
COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS (CFR)
TRILATERAL COMMISSION (TC)
BILDERBERG GROUP
CHATHAM HOUSE / ROYAL INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS (RIIA)
CLUB OF THE ISLES
PILGRIMS SOCIETY
CLUB OF ROME

THINK TANKS
CENTER FOR STRATEGIC AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (CSIS)
BUSINESS ROUND TABLE
EUROPEAN ROUND TABLE OF INDUSTRIALISTS (ERT)
INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (ICC)
WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM
WORLD BUSINESS COUNCIL FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT (WBCSD)
BROOKINGS INSTITUTION
RAND CORPORATION
HERITAGE FOUNDATION
AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INSTITUTE

TAX HAVENS, SECRECY JURISDICTIONS AND MONEY LAUNDERING CENTERS
HONG KONG
WALL STREET (NEW YORK CITY )
STATE OF DELAWARE
CITY OF LONDON
LUXEMBOURG
MONACO
SWITZERLAND
ANDORRA
LIECHTENSTEIN
CYPRUS
PANAMA
BAHRAIN
DUBAI
UNDER BRITISH CONTROL
ISLE OF MAN
ISLAND OF GUERNSEY
ISLAND OF JERSEY
BAHAMA ISLANDS
BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
CAYMAN ISLANDS
BERMUDA ANGUILLA
ANTIGUA AND BARBUDA
BARBADOS
DOMINICA
GRENADA
ST. LUCIA
ST. VINCENT AND THE GRENADINES
ST. KITTS AND NEVIS
TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS
MONTSERRAT
UNDER NETHERLANDS CONTROL
ARUBA
BONAIRE
CURAÇAO

THE PLUTOCRACY CARTEL OWNS OUTRIGHT OR CONTROLS
CENTRAL BANKS
LARGEST PRIVATE BANKS
CORPORATE MEDIA (AND MUCH OF THE ALTERNATIVE AND PROGRESSIVE MEDIA)
MOST INLFUENTIAL TAX-EXEMPT FOUNDATIONS
MOST INFLUENTIAL THINK TANKS
MAJOR UNIVERSITIES AND OTHER EDUCATONAL INSTITUTIONS
LARGEST ENVIRONMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS
POLITICIANS AND POLITICAL PARTIES
NATIONAL ECONOMIES
NATIONAL CURRENCIES
MAJOR STOCK MARKETS
LARGEST TRANSNATIONAL CORPORATIONS
LARGEST INSURANCE CORPORATIONS
LARGEST PHARMACEUTICAL CORPORATIONS
LARGEST ENERGY CORPORATIONS
MAJOR ENERGY RESOURCES INCLUDING OIL AND GAS
GOLD, DIAMOND AND ESSENTIAL MINERAL MINING AND DISTRIBUTION CARTELS
AGRICULTURAL LAND
WATER AND WATER SYSTEMS
LARGEST WEAPONS MANUFACTURERS
DRUG-MONEY LAUNDERING NETWORKS
INTERNATIONAL DRUG TRAFFICKING NETWORKS
MAJOR ENVIRONMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS

“Our global banking system is a global cartel, a “super-entity” in which the world’s major banks all own each other and own the controlling shares in the world’s largest multinational corporations.
… This is the real “free market,” a highly profitable global banking cartel, functioning as a worldwide financial Mafia.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall

“The powers of financial capitalism had a far-reaching aim – nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements [BIS] in Basel, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations … Each central bank sought to dominate its government by its ability to control Treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards in the business world.”
– Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“There is a special breed of international financiers whose success typically is built upon certain character traits. Those include cold objectivity, immunity to patriotism, and indifference to the human condition. That profile is the basis for proposing a theoretical strategy, called the Rothschild Formula, which motivates such men to propel governments into war for the profits they yield… As long as the mechanism of central banking exists, it will be to such men an irresistible temptation to convert debt into perpetual war and war into perpetual debt.”
– G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“There is an established and well-defined identity and community of interest between a few leaders of finance, created and held together through stock ownership, interlocking directorates, partnership and joint account transactions, and other forms of domination over banks, trust companies, railroads, and public-service and industrial corporations, which has resulted in great and rapidly growing concentration of the control of money and credit in the hands of these few men.”
– Pujo Committee – House Committee on Banking and Currency, 1912

“During the past two centuries when the peoples of the world were gradually winning their political freedom from the dynastic monarchies, the major banking families of Europe and America were actually reversing the trend by setting up new dynasties of political control through the formation of international financial combines. These banking dynasties had learned that all governments must have sources of revenue from which to borrow in times of emergency. They had also learned that by providing such funds from their own private resources, they could make both kings and democratic leaders tremendously subservient to their will.”
– Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“We are ruled, though it may be difficult to imagine, by a small dynastic power structure, largely consisting of powerful banking families, such as the Rothschilds, Rockefellers, and others. They emerged in controlling the financial system, extended their influence over the political system, the educational system, and, through the major foundations, have become the dominant social powers of our world, creating think tanks and other institutions which shape and change the course of society and modern human history.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall

“This world is not run by The Presidents or The Prime Ministers, it is run by the global corporations and the banks. For it is these entities that control the money supply and it is these entities that decide which country lives or falls.”
– The Daily Bell

“People, governments and economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational banks and corporations.”
– Zbigniew Brzezinski

“The control of the US, and of global politics, by the wealthiest families of the planet is exercised in a powerful, profound and clandestine manner. This control began in Europe and has a continuity that can be traced back to the time when the bankers discovered it was more profitable to give loans to governments than to needy individuals.
These banking families and their subservient beneficiaries have come to own most major businesses over the two centuries during which they have secretly and increasingly organised themselves as controllers of governments worldwide and as arbiters of war and peace.”
– Mujahid Kamran

“The structure of financial controls created by the tycoons of ‘Big Banking’ and ‘Big Business’ was of extraordinary complexity, one business fief being built on another, both being allied with semi-independent associates, the whole rearing upward into two pinnacles of economic and political power, of which one, centered in New York, was headed by J. P. Morgan and Company and the other, in Ohio, was headed by the Rockefeller family. When the two cooperated, as they generally did, they could influence the economic life of the country to a large degree and could almost control its political life, at least at the Federal level. They caused the “panic of 1907″ and the collapse of two railroads, one in 1914 and the other in 1929.”
– Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The Global Mafiocracy: the banks, corporations, asset management firms, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies and holding companies that collectively own each other and the wider network of global corporate and financial institutions, manifesting as a relatively small cartel of roughly 150 large financial institutions that wield unparalleled financial power in the modern world.
Behind the major corporate and financial institutions are individuals and families, smaller units of concentrated power who own the largest shares and steer the operations of the global cartel. These individual oligarchs and family dynasties – from the Rockefellers in the US, to the Wallenbergs in Sweden, Agnellis in Italy, Desmarais’ in Canada, to the House of Saud in Saudi Arabia, Oppenheimer in South Africa, among others – control and.or influence large percentages of wealth within their respective nations and in the world of globalized financial and corporate networks.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall

“America is run by 300 families and England is run by 100 families and these families are intertwined through marriage, companies, banks, not to mention ties to the Black Nobility, Freemasonry, the Order of St. John of Jerusalem and so on. These are the people who, through their surrogates, find ways to protect huge shipments of heroin from Hong Kong, Turkey, Iran and Pakistan and ensure they reach the market places in the U.S. and Western Europe with the minimum cost of doing business.”
– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“The global banking cartel, centered at the IMF, World Bank and Federal Reserve, have paid off politicians and dictators the world over [Including Washington]. In country after country, they have looted national economies at the expense of local populations, consolidating wealth in unprecedented fashion – the top economic one-tenth of one percent is currently holding over $40 trillion in investible wealth, not counting an equally significant amount of wealth hidden in offshore accounts.”
– David DeGraw

“Powerful private families decide who controls the Federal Reserve, the Bank of England, the Bank of Japan and even the European Central Bank. Money is in their hands to destroy or create. Their aim is the ultimate control over future life on this planet, a supremacy earlier dictators and despots only ever dreamt of.”
– F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction”

“Major world powers such as China, Russia, India, and Brazil tend to shy away from standing up more robustly to the bullying policies of the United States. Wealthy oligarchic circles in these countries have more in common with their elite counterparts in the U.S. and other core capitalist countries than their fellow countrymen at home. A de facto alliance exists between members of this global “nation” of the super-rich.”
– Ismael Hossein-Zadeh

“States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve). The state is thus owned by an international banking cartel, and though the state acts in such a way that proves its continual relevance in the global economy, it acts so not in terms of self-interest for the state itself, but for the powerful interests that control that state. The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon. When the British order faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served. States will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall in his book “Global Power and Global Government”

“The bulwark of the British financial oligarchy lies in its ageless and self-perpetuating nature, its long-range planning and prescience, its facility to outwait and break the patience of its opponents. The transient and temporal statesmen of Europe and particularly of Britain itself, who have attempted to curb this monstrosity have all been defeated by their limited tenure of confidence. Obligated to show action and results in a too short span of years, they have been outwitted and outwaited, deluged with irritants and difficulties; eventually obliged to temporize and retreat. There are few who have opposed them in Britain and America, without coming to a disgraceful end, but many, who served them well, have also profited well.”
– E.C. Knuth in his book “The Empire of The City”, 1946

“The United States is owned and dominated today by a hierarchy of its sixty richest families, buttressed by no more than ninety families of lesser wealth. These families are the living center of the modern industrial oligarchy which dominates the United States, functioning discreetly under a de jure democratic form of government behind which is a de facto government, absolutist and plutocratic in its lineaments. It is the government of money in a dollar democracy.”
– Ferdinand Lundberg in his book “America’s 60 Families”, 1937

“The major objective of foreign policy is the acquisition of markets and economic power for a small group of giant multi-nationals under the virtual control of a few banking investment houses and controlling families.”
– Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler”

“The big bankers of the world, who practice the terrorism of money, are more powerful than kings and field marshals, even more than the Pope of Rome himself. They never dirty their hands. They kill no one: they limit themselves to applauding the show.
Their officials, international technocrats, rule our countries: they are neither presidents nor ministers, they have not been elected, but they decide the level of salaries and public expenditure, investments and divestments, prices, taxes, interest rates, subsidies, when the sun rises and how frequently it rains.”
– Eduardo Galeano

“At issue is who shall rule the world: the emerging 1% as a financial oligarchy, or elected governments. The two sets of aims are antithetical: rising living standards and national independence, or a renting economy, austerity and international dependency.”
– Economist Michael Hudson

“At the center of the international financial system are the banks, asset management firms, oligarchs and financial dynasties that together control the network – or cartel – of the Global Financial Mafia. A network of roughly 150 of the world’s largest financial institutions collectively control each other and a significant percentage of the network of the world’s largest 47,000 transnational corporations. This unprecedented global financial power concentrated in a relatively small list of banks, insurance companies and asset management firms is itself controlled by rich and powerful individuals and families: the core constituency of the world of Global Financial Governance.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall

The Plutocracy Cartel has had centuries to develop sophisticated and inventive ways to augment its wealth, consolidate its power and expand its influence.
Because the Plutocracy Cartel controls media all over the world, we know nothing about it. In time, the price we will pay for this ignorance will be our freedom.
Knowledge is the first step toward dragging this global financial oligarchy into the light, and stopping its hegemonic drive to control all of us.
The information below is just the beginning of that education process.

INDEX:

BANK OF ENGLAND
WHERE FINANCIAL CAPITALISM BEGAN

BANK OF INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENTS (BIS)
THE CENTRAL BANKERS’ BANK

BANKING CONGLOMERATES
THE MOST POWERFUL FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS IN THE WORLD

BANKING OLIGARCHY
A POWERFUL DYNASTIC BANKING CARTEL WITH A VERY LONG HISTORY

BRITISH OLIGARCHY
DYNASTIC FAMILIES, BANKS AND CORPORATIONS

CENTRAL BANKS
CONTROL CENTERS OF MONEY CREATION AND GLOBAL FINANCE

CITY OF LONDON CORPORATION
THE “CITY” , THE “SQUARE MILE”, THE “CROWN”:
THE EPICENTER OF INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL CAPITALISM

CLUB OF THE ISLES
EUROPE’S GLOBAL FOOD, OIL AND MINING CARTEL

COMMUNISM AND THE BOLSHEVIK REVOLUTION
FUNDED BY THE RICHEST CAPITALISTS IN THE WORLD

CORPORATOCRACY
SUPER-CORPORATIONS GOVERN THE GLOBAL ECONOMY

COVERT GLOBAL POWER CENTERS
INSTITUTIONS OF EXCEPTIONAL INFLUENCE

“CREATING MONEY OUT OF THIN AIR”
THE MAGIC OF FIAT MONEY

CREDIT, INTEREST, AND DEBT
THE BANKERS’ PERPETUAL MONEY MACHINE

DIRTY MONEY
WORLD DRUG TRADE IS CONTROLLED BY A GLOBAL ELITE

EUROPEAN DYNASTIC FAMILIES
OLD MONEY, GLOBAL POWER

FEDERAL RESERVE
AMERICA’S PRIVATE BANKING CARTEL

FINANCIAL CAPITALISM
A GLOBAL SUPRA-GOVERNMENT AND A WEAPON OF MASS DESTRUCTION

FOUNDATIONS
WEALTHY, TAX-EXEMPT AND VERY INFLUENTIAL

INCOME TAX
“ONLY THE LITTLE PEOPLE PAY TAXES”

INVESTMENT BANKERS
IMMENSE FINANCIAL POWER ON A GLOBAL SCALE

MILITARY-INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX
HUGE PROFITS FROM DEATH AND DESTRUCTION

MONEY
WHERE DOES IT COME FROM AND WHO CONTROLS IT?

MONETARY SYSTEM
A DEBT-BASED MONEY MONOPOLY

MONEY LAUNDERING
HUGE PROFITS FROM GLOBAL BANKING’S LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEM

MONOPOLY CAPITALISM
“COMPETITION IS A SIN.”

OIL
BIG OIL = BIG PROFITS AND BIG POWER

PANICS, DEPRESSIONS AND FINANCIAL COUPS
RUINING THE LITTLE PEOPLE

POPULATION CONTROL
PRESERVING THE WORLD FOR THE PLUTOCRATS

PROFIT OVER PEOPLE
RESOURCE EXTRACTION AND STRUCTURAL ADJUSTMENT:
GLOBALIZED IMMISERATION OF THE POOR AND THE VULNERABLE

WEAPONS TRADE AND THE DEVELOPING WORLD
KILLING HOPE FOR THE POOR AND VULNERABLE

WORLD GOVERNMENT
POLITICAL SUPREMACY OF THE PLUTOCRACY

PREPARE FOR A PLUTOCRAT-CONTROLLED NEOLIBERAL ECONOMIC ORDER AND GLOBAL AUTHORITARIANISM

BANK OF ENGLAND WHERE FINANCIAL CAPITALISM BEGAN

“In 1694, King William III of the House of Orange privatized the Bank of England, established the City of London, and turned control of England’s money over to an elite group of international bankers. This action paved the way for a private cartel of international bankers to embark on a plan of implementing world governance.”
– “How the City of London Controls World Power” an article from thedailybell.com”

“The Bank of England is in effect a sovereign world power, for this privately owned institution is not subject to regulation or control in the slightest degree by the British Parliament… This privately owned and controlled institution functions as the great balance wheel of the credit of the world, able to expand or contract credit at will, and is subject only to the orders of the City, the City dominated by the fortune of the House of Rothschild and the policies of the House of Rothschild.”– E. C. Knuth in his book “The Empire of the “City”: The Secret History of British Financial Power

“In 1694, the Bank of England was formed as a private central bank, which would issue the currency of the nation, lending it to the government and industry at interest, which would be paid back to the Bank of England’s shareholders, made up of these private banking dynasties. The 16th to the 19th centuries was the period in which both the nation-state and capitalism emerged, soon followed by central banking in the late 1600s. This is when the origins of what was known as a “world economy” took place.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall in his book “Global Power and Global Government”

“Eventually international bankers owned as private corporations the central banks of the various European nations. The Bank of England, Bank of France and Bank of Germany were not owned by their respective governments, as almost everyone imagines, but were privately owned monopolies granted by the heads of state, usually in return for loans.”
– Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“Central banks are integral to the modern fiat monetary system, and the power and influence invested in this role is such that central banks, and, more importantly, those who control them, have an immense impact on human affairs. The evolution of the banking system from earliest times has involved not only empirical, accidental modifications, but, also of a secret, concerted, plan to create a financial system of supremely corrupting and corruptible capacity. It was not until the 18th century that the secret plan was brought to its perfect form by the creation of banking dynasties, especially the Rothschilds, and the perfecting of a vehicle of transmission – central banks. The model for this perfect vehicle is the Bank of England.”
– “Bank of England” from www.overlordsofchaos.com

“The Rothschild family and their agents steer the world’s economy through the Bank of England, NM Rothschild & Sons and their web of private banks in all major nations. When an economic crash occurs it has most definitely been ordered from the City or across the pond by their associates at the Federal Reserve and Wall Street.”
– “Bank of England, City of London and The Queen” from http://wideshut.co.uk/

“In 1991 the Bank of England directors decided to work out more explicitly what the bank is for, and they came up with three main aims. Two were the usual central bankers’ goals: to protect the currency and to keep the financial system stable. The third is to ensure the effectiveness of the United Kingdom’s financial services and advance a financial system which enhances the international competitive position of the City of London and other UK financial centres. In other words, to protect and promote the City as an offshore centre.”
– Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands”

“England is a financial oligarchy run by the “Crown” which refers to the “City of London” not the Queen. The City of London is run by the Bank of England, a private corporation. The square-mile-large City is a sovereign state located in the heart of greater London.”
– Henry Makow, 2004

“In Great Britain, where the Bank of England is owned by the government, 97% of the money supply is issued privately by banks as loans.”
– Ellen Brown

“Nothing happens on Wall Street that is not known to the Bank of England, whose instructions are relayed through the Morgan Bank and then put into action through key brokerage houses.”
– John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300”

“Montagu Norman, the arch conservative governor of the Bank of England throughout the 1920s supported the aims of finance capitalism “to create a world system of financial control in private hands, able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole.”
– F. William Engdahl in his book “Gods of Money”

BANK OF INTERNATIONAL SETTLEMENTS (BIS) CENTRAL BANKERS’ BANK

“BIS regulations serve only the single purpose of strengthening the international private banking system, even at the peril of national economies. The IMF and the international banks regulated by the BIS are a team: the international banks lend recklessly to borrowers in emerging economies to create a foreign currency debt crisis, the IMF arrives as a carrier of monetary virus in the name of sound monetary policy, then the international banks come as vulture investors in the name of financial rescue to acquire national banks deemed capital inadequate and insolvent by the BIS.”
– Economist Henry CK Lui

“Bank for International Settlements (BIS) was part of a plan to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole…to be controlled in a feudalistic fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert by secret agreements.”
– Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The BIS [Bank of International Settlements] was established to remedy the decline of London as the world’s financial center by providing a mechanism by which a world with three chief financial centers in London, New York, and Paris could still operate as one.”
– Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“BIS [Bank of International Settlements] is the most powerful bank in the world… BIS is owned by the Federal Reserve, Bank of England, Bank of Italy, Bank of Canada, Swiss National Bank, Nederlandsche Bank, Bundesbanke and Bank of France. BIS holds at least 10% of monetary reserves for at least 80 of the world’s central banks, the IMF and other multilateral institutions. It serves as financial agent for international agreements, collects information on the global economy and serves as lender of last resort to prevent global financial collapse.”
– Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf”

“The Bank of International Settlements [BIS] is where all of the world’s central banks meet to analyze the global economy and determine what course of action they will take next to put more money in their pockets, since they control the amount of money in circulation and how much interest they are going to charge governments and banks for borrowing from them. When you understand that the BIS pulls the strings of the world’s monetary system, you then understand that they have the ability to create a financial boom or bust in a country. If that country is not doing what the money lenders want, then all they have to do is sell its currency.”
– Joan Veon

“The Federal Reserve Bank of New York is eager to enter into close relationship with the Bank for International Settlements. The conclusion is impossible to escape that the State and Treasury Departments are willing to pool the banking system of Europe and America, setting up a world financial power independent of and above the Government of the United States.The United States under present conditions will be transformed from the most active of manufacturing nations into a consuming and importing nation with a balance of trade against it.”
– Louis T. McFadden (1876-1936), US Congressman (R-PA) (1915-1935), Chairman of House Banking and Currency Committee, quoted in the New York Times (June 1930), June 10, 1932. Poisoned in 1936

“The Bank of International Settlements (BIS) and the IMF are nothing more than bully-boy clearing houses for the drug trade. The BIS undermines any country that the IMF wants to sink by setting up ways and means for the easy outflow of flight capital. Nor does BIS recognize nor make any distinction when it comes down to what is flight capital and what is laundered drug money.
The BIS operates on gangster lines. If a country will not submit to asset-stripping by the IMF, then it says in effect, “Right, then we will break you by means of the huge cache of narco-dollars we are holding.” It is easy to understand why gold was demonetized and substituted with the paper “dollar” as the world’s reserve currency. It is not as easy to blackmail a country holding gold reserves as it is one having its reserves in paper dollars.”
– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“The BIS [Bank of International Settlements] was established to remedy the decline of London as the world’s financial center by providing a mechanism by which a world with three chief financial centers in London, New York, and Paris could still operate as one.
The BIS [Bank of International Settlements] was founded by the central banks of Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Japan, and the United Kingdom along with three leading commercial banks from the United States, including J.P. Morgan & Company, First National Bank of New York, and First National Bank of Chicago.”
– Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

BANKING CONGLOMERATES MOST POWERFUL FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS IN THE WORLD

These are the world’s 25 largest banks as of 2012. They are part of the Plutocracy Cartel.

“The debt crisis of the early 1980s unleashed a wave of corporate mergers, buyouts and bankruptcies. These changes then paved the way for the consolidation of a new generation of financiers clustered around the large merchant banks, the institutional investors, stock brokerage firms and large insurance companies. In this process, commercial banking functions have coalesced with those of the investment banks and stock brokers, leading to the consolidation of a handful of global financial conglomerates.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“By 2000 four giant banks emerged to rule the US financial roost. JP Morgan Chase and Citigroup were kings of capital on the East Coast. Together they control 52.86% of the New York Federal Reserve Bank. Bank of America and Wells Fargo reigned supreme on the West Coast.
During the 2008 banking crisis these firms got even bigger, taking on distressed assets for pennies on the dollar. Barclays took over Lehman Brothers. JP Morgan Chase got Washington Mutual. Bank of America was handed Merrill Lynch and Countrywide, while Wells Fargo got Wachovia.”
– Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“In the United States, five banks control half the economy: JP Morgan Chase, Bank of America, Citigroup, Wells Fargo, and Goldman Sachs Group collectively held $8.5 trillion in assets at the end of 2011, which equals roughly 56% of the U.S. economy. This data was according to central bankers at the Federal Reserve. In 2007, the assets of the largest banks amounted to 43% of the U.S. economy.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall, 2012

“By 2000 four giant banks emerged to rule the US financial roost. JP Morgan Chase and Citigroup were kings of capital on the East Coast. Bank of America and Wells Fargo reigned supreme on the West Coast.
During the 2008 banking crisis these firms got even bigger, taking on distressed assets for pennies on the dollar. Barclays took over Lehman Brothers. JP Morgan Chase got Washington Mutual. Bank of America was handed Merrill Lynch and Countrywide, while Wells Fargo got Wachovia.”
– Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“Banks have been particularly adept at going offshore to grow fast: by using tax havens to escape tax, to avoid reserves requirements and other financial regulation and to gear up their borrowings. Banks achieved a staggering 16 per cent annual return on equity between 1986 and 2006, according to Bank of England data, and this offshore-enhanced growth means the banks are now big enough to hold us all to ransom. Unless taxpayers give them what they want, financial calamity ensues. This is the too-big-to-fail problem – courtesy of offshore.”
– Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The lesson is clear: if you are a thief, steal by the billions or trillions, and then no one can do anything about it. If you are in the drug trade: handle only billions (or hundreds of billions) in drug money, and then you will get away with it. If you don’t want to pay taxes, be a member of the top 0.001% of the world’s super-rich and hide your billions in offshore tax-free accounts. If you want more, create a global economic crisis, demand to be saved by the state to the tune of tens of trillions of dollars, and then, tell the state to punish their populations into poverty in order to pay for your mistakes.
In other words, if you want to indulge your criminal fantasies, lie and steal, profit from death and drugs, dominate and demand, be king and command, become the highly-functioning socially-acceptable sociopath you always knew you could be… think big. Think bank. Serial killers, bank robbers and drug dealers go to jail; bankers get bailouts and get an unlimited insurance policy called “too big to fail.”
– Jurriaan Maessen, Global Research

“This world is not run by the Presidents or the Prime Ministers. It is run by the global corporations and the banks. For it is these entities that control the money supply and it is these entities that decide which country lives or falls.”
– The Daily Bell

“By 1974 one-third of the $60 billion pool of OPEC windfall petrodollars flowed into the largest US banks… Out of $14.5 billion in Middle East oil revenues that made it to US shores, 78% was deposited into six mega-banks: Chase Manhattan, Morgan Guaranty Trust, Citibank, Bank of America, Manufacturers Hanover Trust and Chemical Bank. After a spate of mergers those six banks are now three: JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup and Bank of America.”
– Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“You can count the number of banks that own half of all the wealth in the U.S. economy on just one hand. There are just five of them: Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan Chase, Wells Fargo, Bank of America, and Citigroup. Their total assets equal 8.5 trillion, which is 56% of our entire economy.”
– Thom Hartmann

“The banking cartel succeeds in creating “false” prices for commodities such as oil, gold and silver through their creation of bogus paper markets (futures, ETFs, etc.), in which sometimes a hundred times or more of the commodity is bought and sold in paper form than exists in real physical form.”
– F. WIlliam Engdahl

“Our global banking system is a global cartel, a “super-entity” in which the world’s major banks all own each other and own the controlling shares in the world’s largest multinational corporations.
… This is the real “free market,” a highly profitable global banking cartel, functioning as a worldwide financial Mafia.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall

“The Four Horsemen of Banking [Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Wells Fargo, Citigroup] own the Four Horsemen of Oil [Shell, Chevron, British Petroleum, Exxon] , in tandem with Deusche Bank, Banque Paribas, Barclays and other European old money behemoths… These same Four Horsemen of Banking are also among the top 10 stock holders of virtually every Fortune 500 corporation. ”
– Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The institutional changes which the 1999 Financial Services Modernization Act (FSMA) brought about, including the concentration and centralization of power in the hands of a small number of financial giants, largely contributed to Wall Street’s unswerving quest for global financial domination.
The tendency was towards a worldwide financial supermarket controlled by a handful of global financial institutions which penetrate and permeate the fabric of national economies. The sweeping deregulation of U.S. banking imparted unprecedented powers to Wall Street’s financial conglomerates to acquire and take over banking institutions all over the world.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“The global banking cartel, centered at the IMF, World Bank and Federal Reserve, have paid off politicians and dictators the world over [Including Washington]. In country after country, they have looted national economies at the expense of local populations, consolidating wealth in unprecedented fashion – the top economic one-tenth of one percent is currently holding over $40 trillion in investible wealth, not counting an equally significant amount of wealth hidden in offshore accounts.”
– David DeGraw

“The American banking oligarchy consists of six megabanks – Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, JPMorgan Chase, Citigroup, Bank of America, and Wells Fargo… They have assets equivalent to 60 percent of our gross national product. And to put this in perspective, in the mid-1990s, these six banks or their predecessors had less than 20 percent.”
“Six Banks Control 60% of Gross National Product: Is the U.S. at the Mercy of an Unstoppable Oligarchy?”
– James Kwak interviewed by Bill Moyers

BANKING OLIGARCHY POWERFUL DYNASTIC BANKING CARTEL WITH A VERY LONG HISTORY

These eight private banks own the most shares of the Federal Reserve. Essentially, they own the FED.

ROTHSCHILD BANK OF LONDON
ROTHSCHILD BANK OF BERLIN
WARBURG BANK OF HAMBURG
WARBURG BANK OF AMSTERDAM
LAZARD BROTHERS OF PARIS
ISRAEL MOSES SEIF BANK OF ITALY
KUHN LOEB BANK OF NEW YORK
GOLDMAN SACHS OF NEW YORK
J. P. MORGAN CHASE BANK OF NEW YORK
LEHMAN BROTHERS OF NEW YORK

“During the past two centuries when the peoples of the world were gradually winning their political freedom from the dynastic monarchies, the major banking families of Europe and America were actually reversing the trend by setting up new dynasties of political control through the formation of international financial combines. These banking dynasties had learned that all governments must have sources of revenue from which to borrow in times of emergency. They had also learned that by providing such funds from their own private resources, they could make both kings and democratic leaders tremendously subservient to their will.”
– Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The powers of financial capitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations.”
– Carroll Quigley in his book ‘Tragedy and Hope

“The influence of financial capitalism and of the international bankers who created it was exercised both on business and on governments, but could have done neither if it had not been able to persuade both these to accept two “axioms” of its own ideology. Both of these were based on the assumption that politicians were too weak and too subject to temporary popular pressures to be trusted with control of the money, system; accordingly, the sanctity of all values and the soundness of money must be protected in two ways: by basing the value of money on gold and by allowing bankers to control the supply of money.”
– Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The shareholders of the banks which own the stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York are the people who have controlled our political and economic destinies since 1914. They are the Rothschilds, Lazard Freres, Israel Sieff, Kuhn Loeb Company, Warburg Company, Lehman Brothers, Goldman Sachs, the Rockefeller family, and the J.P. Morgan interests.” – Eustace Mullins in his book “The Secrets of the Federal Reserve”

“Powerful private families decide who controls the Federal Reserve, the Bank of England, the Bank of Japan and even the European Central Bank. Money is in their hands to destroy or create. Their aim is the ultimate control over future life on this planet, a supremacy earlier dictators and despots only ever dreamt of.”– F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction”

“Here are the card-carrying shareholders in the `Federal’ Reserve Corporation: Rothschild Banks of London and Berlin, Lazard Brothers Bank of Paris, Isreal, Moses Sieff Banks Of Italy, Warburg Bank of Hamburg and Amsterdam, Lehman Brothers Bank of New York, Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York, Chase Manhattan Bank of New York, Goldman Sachs Bank of New York.”– Miles Franklin Newsletter

“J. W. McCallister, oil industry insider with House of Saud connections, wrote in The Grim Reaper that information he acquired from Saudi bankers cited 80% ownership of the New York Federal Reserve Bank – by far the most powerful Fed branch – by just eight families, only four of which reside in the US. They are the Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers, Lehmans and Kuhn Loebs of New York; the Rothschild’s of Paris and London; the Lazards of Paris; and the Israel Moses Seifs of Rome.”
– Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The world’s money-lenders became experts at parasitic high finance and got rich through the explosive growth of fractional reserve banking. These people have dominated the economies of nations through such institutions as the Bank of England, the Federal Reserve System, the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), and other central and commercial banks, currency and commodity exchanges, and stock and bond markets.
… The bankers on the one hand and the political racketeers on the other merged over a century ago under the oversight of figures associated with the creation of the Anglo-American Empire, such as Cecil Rhodes, Lord Alfred Milner, Colonel Edward Mandell House, Winston Churchill, the House of Windsor, and, as examples of families involved, the Rothschilds, Schiffs, Morgans, Harrimans, Rockefellers, Myers, and Bushes.”
– Richard C. Cook

“We are ruled, though it may be difficult to imagine, by a small dynastic power structure, largely consisting of powerful banking families, such as the Rothschilds, Rockefellers, and others. They emerged in controlling the financial system, extended their influence over the political system, the educational system, and, through the major foundations, have become the dominant social powers of our world, creating think tanks and other institutions which shape and change the course of society and modern human history.”– Andrew Gavin Marshall

“By the end of the 1890’s J.P. Morgan and John D. Rockefeller had become the giants of an increasingly powerful Money Trust controlling American industry and government policy… Some 60 families – names like Rockefeller, Morgan, Dodge, Mellon, Pratt, Harkness, Whitney, Duke, Harriman, Carnegie, Vanderbilt, DuPont, Guggenheim, Astor, Lehman, Warburg, Taft, Huntington, Baruch and Rosenwald formed a close network of plutocratic wealth that manipulated, bribed, and bullied its way to control the destiny of the United States. At the dawn of the 20th Century, some sixty ultra-rich families, through dynastic intermarriage and corporate, interconnected shareholdings, had gained control of American industry and banking institutions.”
– F. William Engdahl in his book “Gods of Money: Wall Street and the Death of the American Century”

“The substantive financial powers of the world were in the hands of investment bankers (also called “international” or “merchant” bankers) who remained largely behind the scenes in their own unincorporated private banks. These formed a system of international cooperation and national dominance which was more private, more powerful, and more secret than that of their agents in the central banks. This dominance of investment bankers was based on their control over the flows of credit and investment funds in their own countries and throughout the world. They could dominate the financial and industrial systems of their own countries by their influence over the flow of current funds through bank loans, the discount rate, and the re-discounting of commercial debts; they could dominate governments by their control over current government loans and the play of the international exchanges. Almost all of this power was exercised by the personal influence and prestige of men who had demonstrated their ability in the past to bring off successful financial coupes to keep their word, to remain cool in a crisis, and to share their winning opportunities with their associates. In this system the Rothschilds had been preeminent during much of the nineteenth century, but, at the end of that century, they were being replaced by J. P. Morgan whose central office was in New York, although it was always operated as if it were in London.”
– Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The merchant bankers of London had already at hand in 1810-1850 the Stock Exchange, the Bank of England, and the London money market when the needs of advancing industrialism called all of these into the industrial world which they had hitherto ignored. In time they brought into their financial network the provincial banking centers, organized as commercial banks and savings banks, as well as insurance companies, to form all of these into a single financial system on an international scale which manipulated the quantity and flow of money so that they were able to influence, if not control, governments on one side and industries on the other. The men who did this, looking backward toward the period of dynastic monarchy in which they had their own roots, aspired to establish dynasties of international bankers and were at least as successful at this as were many of the dynastic political rulers. The greatest of these dynasties, of course, were the descendants of Meyer Amschel Rothschild (1743-1812) of Frankfort, whose male descendants, for at least two generations, generally married first cousins or even nieces. Rothschild’s five sons, established at branches in Vienna, London, Naples, and Paris, as well as Frankfort, cooperated together in ways which other international banking dynasties copied but rarely excelled.”
– Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“In addition to their power over government based on government financing and personal influence, bankers could steer governments in ways they wished them to go by other pressures. Since most government officials felt ignorant of finance, they sought advice from bankers whom they considered to be experts in the field. The history of the last century shows that the advice given to governments by bankers, like the advice they gave to industrialists, was consistently good for bankers, but was often disastrous for governments, businessmen, and the people generally. Such advice could be enforced if necessary by manipulation of exchanges, gold flows, discount rates, and even levels of business activity.”
– Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“International financier Paul Warburg masterminded establishment of the Federal Reserve to put control over nation’s economy in hands of international bankers. The Federal Reserve controls the money supply, which allows manipulators to create alternate cycles of boom and bust, ie., a roller coaster economy. This allows those in the know to make fabulous amounts of money, but even more important, allows the insiders to control the economy and further centralize power in the federal government.”
– Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“The structure of financial controls created by the tycoons of ‘Big Banking’ and ‘Big Business’… was of extraordinary complexity, one business fief being built on another, both being allied with semi-independent associates, the whole rearing upward into two pinnacles of economic and political power, of which one, centered in New York, was headed by J. P. Morgan and Company and the other, in Ohio, was headed by the Rockefeller family. When the two cooperated, as they generally did, they could influence the economic life of the country to a large degree and could almost control its political life, at least at the Federal level. They caused the “panic of 1907″ and the collapse of two railroads, one in 1914 and the other in 1929.”
– Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“In the period up to 1931, bankers, especially the Money Power controlled by the international investment bankers, were able to dominate both business and government. They could dominate business, especially in activities and in areas where industry could not finance its own needs for capital, because investment bankers had the ability to supply or refuse to supply such capital.”
– Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“While wars and revolutions have been useful to international bankers in gaining or increasing control over governments, the key to such control has always been control of money. You can control a government if you have it in your debt; a creditor is in a position to demand the privileges of monopoly from the sovereign. Money-seeking governments have granted monopolies in state banking, natural resources, oil concessions and transportation. However, the monopoly which the international financiers most covet is control over a nation’s money.”
– Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“It is in the pecuniary interests of the international bankers to centralize political power – and this centralization can best be achieved within a collectivist society, such as socialist Russia, national socialist Germany, or a Fabian socialist United States.
There can be no full understanding and appreciation of twentieth-century American politics and foreign policy without the realization that this financial elite effectively monopolizes Washington policy.”
– Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler”

“The power of investment bankers over governments rests on a number of factors, of which the most significant, perhaps, is the need of governments to issue short-term treasury bills as well as long-term government bonds. Just as businessmen go to commercial banks for current capital advances to smooth over the discrepancies between their irregular and intermittent incomes and their periodic and persistent outgoes (such as monthly rents, annual mortgage payments, and weekly wages), so a government has to go to merchant bankers (or institutions controlled by them) to tide over the shallow places caused by irregular tax receipts.”
– Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“International investment bankers took seats on the boards of directors of industrial firms, as they had already done on commercial banks, savings banks, insurance firms, and finance companies. From these lesser institutions they funneled capital to enterprises which yielded control and away from those who resisted. These firms were controlled through interlocking directorships, holding companies, and lesser banks. They engineered amalgamations and generally reduced competition, until by the early twentieth century many activities were so monopolized that they could raise their noncompetitive prices above costs to obtain sufficient profits to become self-financing.
But before that stage was reached a relatively small number of bankers were in positions of immense influence in European and American economic life.”
– Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The major objective of foreign policy is the acquisition of markets and economic power for a small group of giant multi-nationals under the virtual control of a few banking investment houses and controlling families.”
– Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler”

“There is a special breed of international financiers whose success typically is built upon certain character traits. Those include cold objectivity, immunity to patriotism, and indifference to the human condition. That profile is the basis for proposing a theoretical strategy, called the Rothschild Formula, which motivates such men to propel governments into war for the profits they yield… As long as the mechanism of central banking exists, it will be to such men an irresistible temptation to convert debt into perpetual war and war into perpetual debt.”
– G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“The Warburgs, Kuhn Loebs, Goldman Sachs, Schiffs and Rothschilds have intermarried into one big happy banking family. The Warburg family – which controls Deutsche Bank and BNP- tied up with the Rothschilds in 1814 in Hamburg, while Kuhn Loeb powerhouse Jacob Schiff shared quarters with Rothschilds in 1785. Schiff immigrated to America in 1865. He joined forces with Abraham Kuhn and married Solomon Loeb’s daughter. Loeb and Kuhn married each others sisters and the Kuhn Loeb dynasty was consummated. Felix Warburg married Jacob Schiff’s daughter. Two Goldman daughters married two sons of the Sachs family, creating Goldman Sachs. In 1806 Nathan Rothschild married the oldest daughter of Levi Barent Cohen, a leading financier in London.”
– Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The period, 1884-1933, was the period of financial capitalism in which investment bankers moving into commercial banking and insurance on one side and into railroading and heavy industry on the other were able to mobilize enormous wealth and wield enormous economic, political, and social power. Popularly known as “Society,” or the “400,” they lived a life of dazzling splendor.
… The influence of these business leaders was so great that the Morgan and Rockefeller groups acting together, or even Morgan acting alone, could have wrecked the economic system of the country merely by throwing securities on the stock market for sale, and, having precipitated a stock-market panic, could then have bought back the securities they had sold but at a lower price. Naturally, they were not so foolish as to do this, although Morgan came very close to it in precipitating the “panic of 1907.”
– Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“Our global banking system is a global cartel, a “super-entity” in which the world’s major banks all own each other and own the controlling shares in the world’s largest multinational corporations.
… This is the real “free market,” a highly profitable global banking cartel, functioning as a worldwide financial Mafia.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall, 2012

“The global banking cartel, centered at the IMF, World Bank and Federal Reserve, have paid off politicians and dictators the world over [Including Washington]. In country after country, they have looted national economies at the expense of local populations, consolidating wealth in unprecedented fashion _ the top economic one-tenth of one percent is currently holding over $40 trillion in investible wealth, not counting an equally significant amount of wealth hidden in offshore accounts.”
– David DeGraw, 2011

“The real menace of our republic is the invisible government, which, like a giant octopus, sprawls its slimy length over our city, state and nation. At the head is a small group of banking houses generally referred to as ‘international bankers.’ This little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run our government for their own selfish ends.”
– John F. Hylan, mayor of New York, in a 1922 speech

“The world’s money-lenders became experts at parasitic high finance and got rich through the explosive growth of fractional reserve banking. These people have dominated the economies of nations through such institutions as the Bank of England, the Federal Reserve System, the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), and other central and commercial banks, currency and commodity exchanges, and stock and bond markets.
… The bankers on the one hand and the political racketeers on the other merged over a century ago under the oversight of figures associated with the creation of the Anglo-American Empire, such as Cecil Rhodes, Lord Alfred Milner, Colonel Mandell House, Winston Churchill, the House of Windsor, and the Rothschilds, Schiffs, Morgans, Harrimans, Rockefellers, Myers, and Bushes.”
– Richard C. Cook, 2008

“The big bankers of the world, who practice the terrorism of money, are more powerful than kings and field marshals, even more than the Pope of Rome himself. They never dirty their hands. They kill no one: they limit themselves to applauding the show.
Their officials, international technocrats, rule our countries: they are neither presidents nor ministers, they have not been elected, but they decide the level of salaries and public expenditure, investments and divestments, prices, taxes, interest rates, subsidies, when the sun rises and how frequently it rains.”
– Eduardo Galeano

“History records that the money changers have used every form of abuse, intrigue, deceit, and violent means possible to maintain their control over governments by controlling money and it’s issuance.”
– James Madison, 1820

“The money powers prey upon the nation in times of peace and conspire against it in times of adversity. It is more despotic than a monarchy, more insolent than autocracy, and more selfish than bureaucracy.”
– Abraham Lincoln

“If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks will deprive the people of all property until their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered. The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs.”
– Thomas Jefferson

“I fear that foreign bankers with their tortuous tricks will entirely control the exuberant riches of America and use it systematically to corrupt modern civilization. They will not hesitate to plunge the whole world into wars and chaos in order that the earth should become their inheritance.”
– Otto von Bismarck, Chancellor of Germany, after the assassination of President Lincoln, 1863

“The Four Horsemen of Banking (Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup and Wells Fargo) own the Four Horsemen of Oil (Exxon Mobil, Royal Dutch/Shell, BP Amoco and Chevron Texaco); in tandem with Deutsche Bank, BNP, Barclays and other European old money behemoths.
The Four Horsemen of Banking are among the top ten stock holders of virtually every Fortune 500 corporation.
… 80% ownership of the New York Federal Reserve Bank – by far the most powerful Fed branch – [is held] by just eight families – the Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers, Lehmans and Kuhn Loebs of New York; the Rothschilds of Paris and London; the Warburgs of Hamburg; the Lazards of Paris; and the Israel Moses Seifs of Rome. [J. W. McCallister, an oil industry insider with House of Saud connections, wrote in “The Grim Reaper” that he acquired this information from Saudi bankers]
… Ten banks control all twelve Federal Reserve Bank branches – N.M. Rothschild of London, Rothschild Bank of Berlin, WarburgLehman BrothersLazard Brothers of Paris, Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York, Israel Moses Seif Bank of Italy, Goldman Sachs of New York and JP Morgan Chase Bank of New York. Schauf lists William Rockefeller, Paul Warburg, Jacob Schiff and James Stillman as individuals who own large shares of the Fed. The Schiffs are insiders at Kuhn Loeb. The Stillmans are Citigroup insiders, who married into the Rockefeller clan at the turn of the century. [from CPA Thomas D. Schauf]
The Bank of International Settlements (BIS) is the most powerful bank in the world, a global central bank for the Eight Families who control the private central banks of almost all Western and developing nations.
– Dean Henderson in his book “The Federal Reserve Cartel”

“By the end of the 1890’s J.P. Morgan and John D. Rockefeller had become the giants of an increasingly powerful Money Trust controlling American industry and government policy… Some 60 families – names like Rockefeller, Morgan, Dodge, Mellon, Pratt, Harkness, Whitney, Duke, Harriman, Carnegie, Vanderbilt, DuPont, Guggenheim, Astor, Lehman, Warburg, Taft, Huntington, Baruch and Rosenwald formed a close network of plutocratic wealth that manipulated, bribed, and bullied its way to control the destiny of the United States. At the dawn of the 20th Century, some sixty ultra-rich families, through dynastic intermarriage and corporate, interconnected shareholdings, had gained control of American industry and banking institutions.”
– F. William Engdahl in his book “Gods of Money: Wall Street and the Death of the American Century”

BRITISH OLIGARCHY DYNASTIC FAMILIES, BANKS AND CORPORATIONS

“With very few exceptions, offshore banking as a whole is under the thumb of the British oligarchy.”
– DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992

“Shell Oil is principally owned by the British royal family.”
– Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton Chaitkin in their book “George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography”

“Nothing has changed in the opium-heroin-cocaine trade. It is still run by the same “upper class” families in Britain and the United States. It is still a fabulously profitable trade where what seem to be big losses through seizures by the authorities are written off in paneled boardrooms in New York, Hong Kong and London over port and cigars as merely the cost of doing business.”
– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“Hong Kong was set up by the British, literally from bare rock, as a center for the drug trade, and remains to this day purely British, and purely a center for the drug trade. ”
– Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton Chaitkin in their book “George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography”

“The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank [HSBC] and related companies finance the opium trade. In this, they are acting as designated agents of the British monarchy, through the Royal Institute of International Affairs.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net – How the Drug Empire Works

“America is run by 300 families and England is run by 100 families and these families are intertwined through marriage, companies, banks, not to mention ties to the Black Nobility, Freemasonry, the Order of St. John of Jerusalem and so on. These are the people who, through their surrogates, find ways to protect huge shipments of heroin from Hong Kong, Turkey, Iran and Pakistan and ensure they reach the market places in the U.S. and Western Europe with the minimum cost of doing business.”
– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“The bulwark of the British financial oligarchy lies in its ageless and self-perpetuating nature, its long-range planning and prescience, its facility to out-wait and break the patience of its opponents. The transient and temporal statesmen of Europe and particularly of Britain itself, who have attempted to curb this monstrosity have all been defeated by their limited tenure of confidence. Obligated to show action and results in a too short span of years, they have been outwitted and outwaited, deluged with irritants and difficulties; eventually obliged to temporize and retreat. There are few who have opposed them in Britain and America, without coming to a disgraceful end, but many, who served them well, have also profited well.”
– E.C. Knuth in his book “The Empire of The City”, 1946

“Queen Elizabeth II, head of state of the United Kingdom and of 31 other states and territories, is the legal owner of about 6,600 million acres of land, one sixth of the earth’s non ocean surface. She is the only person on earth who owns whole countries. The value of her land holding is approximately $28,000,000,000,000. This makes her the richest individual on earth.”
– Kevin Cahill in his book “Who Owns The World”

“The Eastern Liberal Establishment families of the United States were just as deeply involved in the China opium trade as were the British oligarchy, indeed they still are.”
– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“The British pre-eminence makes the world picture of offshore banking and dirty money more comprehensible. If the world offshore banking sector appears to run as a single operation under British monarchy control, that is because the same group of people who run it also run the opium traffic whose proceeds this banking sector was created to handle.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net – How the Drug Empire Works

“The British royal family rules the world, but they do not rule it alone. There are at least three other actors: central banks, the legacy of Cecil Rhodes, and the immense financial power of the biggest international banking family, the Rothschilds.”
– Joan Veon

“Club of the Isles is a European cartel – centered within the City of London and headed by the House of Windsor – which controls every aspect of the global economy — banks, insurance and pharmaceutical companies, raw materials, transportation, factories, major retail groups, the stock and commodities markets, politicians and governments, media, intelligence agencies, drugs and organized crime.”
– Executive Intelligence Review, 1995

“The best-protected institutions of the British oligarchy prefer to launder their dirty money through Caribbean, Hong Kong, and similar branch operations, rather than in London itself.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net – How the Drug Empire Works

“To the oligarchs and plutocrats of the Committee of 300, drugs have a two-fold purpose, firstly to bring in colossal sums of money and secondly, to eventually turn a major part of the population into mindless drug zombies who will be easier to control than people who don’t need drugs. Punishment for rebellion will mean withholding of supplies of heroin, cocaine, marijuana, etc. For this it is necessary to legalize drugs so that a monopoly system, which has been readied for introduction once severe economic conditions cause drug usage to proliferate as hundreds of thousands of permanently jobless workers turn to drugs for solace.
In one of the Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA) top secret papers, the scenario is laid out as follows: ‘Having been failed by Christianity, and with unemployment on every hand, those who have been without jobs for five years or more will turn away from the church and seek solace in drugs. That is when full control of the drug trade must be completed in order that the governments of all countries who are under our jurisdiction will have a monopoly which we will control through supply…. Drug bars will take care of the unruly and the discontent, would be revolutionaries will be turned into harmless addicts with no will of their own’.”
– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

CENTRAL BANKS CONTROL CENTERS OF MONEY CREATION AND GLOBAL FINANCE

Most sovereign nations in the world have publicly-owned central banks, but they are controlled by a global banking oligarchy made up of the largest private banks and a few international banking and dynastic families.

“States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve)… The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon. When the British order faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served. States will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools.”
– Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The central banking system has been the most powerful network of institutions in the world; it reigns supreme over the capitalist world order, almost since its inception. Central banks are the perfect merger of private interests and public power.
… Central banks work behind the scenes; their weapons are the financial instruments they create and employ. With the stroke of a pen, they can destroy a nation and bankrupt a people.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“Congress… gave the power to regulate money to a handful of unelected private bankers. America has been paying the price ever since… As the Federal Reserve is a private banking institution, every time Congress requisitions money it creates a debt obligation… a transfer of cash [created out of thin air] from the Fed in exchange for U.S. bonds, resulting in taxpayers paying untold billions of dollars in interest every year with no hope of ever being able to reduce the principal. By controlling our money, private Federal Reserve bankers have indebted us all, forever.”
– Edward F. Mrkvicka, Jr

“Central banks have utilized and promoted wars for their own profit, starting with the Rothschild involvement with the Napoleonic wars, and continuing up to the present day.”
– G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“Central Banks were created by the Banks for the simple reason that Fractional Reserve Banking is incredibly unstable. There is an eternal incentive for the banksters to loan out more than they can cover with fractional reserves, leading to all sorts of destabilizing busts. This was hurting the Money Power’s control over the money supplies of the World and Central Banks were created as ‘lenders of the last resort’: in case of a panic a Central Bank could keep busted banks afloat, maintaining sufficient confidence in the system.
Furthermore, they were useful tools for Sovereign borrowing. The basic contract between Sovereigns and the Central Banks was, that the Central Bank would always provide the State with all the money it would ever need, in return for guaranteed interest payments through taxation.
Also important was the monopoly on national currency that is closely associated with Central Banking. In earlier days, both in Europe and the US, free banking and local Sovereign money created a diverse monetary environment, more difficult to control for the Money Power. By ‘legal tender’ laws their units became the sole accepted way of paying taxes, giving the banking units a massive advantage in the market place. These were the early steps in further and further monetary centralization in ever fewer units, with World Currency as its final goal.
… Central Banks do the bidding of the Money Power’s banking cartel. They keep competition out of the market. They prop up busted banks, maintaining some kind of ‘stability’. They oversee private usurious credit creation and maintain the banks’ ability to rake in trillions per year in interest. They allow the banks to create the boom/bust cycle.”
– Anthony Migchels

“Mayer Amschel Bauer Rothschild’s five sons were sent to the major capitals of Europe – London, Paris, Vienna, Berlin and Naples – with the mission of establishing a banking system that would be outside government control. The economic and political systems of nations would be controlled not by citizens but by bankers, for the benefit of bankers. Eventually, a privately-owned “central bank” was established In nearly every country. This central banking system has now gained control over the economies of the world. Central banks have the authority to print money in their respective countries, and it is from these banks that governments must borrow money to pay their debts and fund their operations. The result is a global economy in which not only industry but government itself runs on “credit” (or debt) created by a banking monopoly headed by a network of private central banks.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“It must not be felt that these heads of the world’s chief central banks were themselves substantive powers in world finance. They were not. Rather, they were the technicians and agents of the dominant investment bankers of their own countries, who had raised them up and were perfectly capable of throwing them down. The substantive financial powers of the world were in the hands of these investment bankers (also called ‘international’ or ‘merchants’ bankers) who [remained] largely behind the scenes in their own unincorporated (private banks.] These formed a system of international cooperation and national dominance which was more private, more powerful, and more secret than that of their agents in the central banks.”
– Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve). The state is thus owned by an international banking cartel, and though the state acts in such a way that proves its continual relevance in the global economy, it acts so not in terms of self-interest for the state itself, but for the powerful interests that control that state. The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon. When the British order faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served. States will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall in his book “Global Power and Global Government”

“The first step in having a Central Bank established in a country is to get them to accept an outrageous loans, which puts the country in debt of the Central Bank and under the control of the Rothschilds. If the country does not accept the loan, the leader of this particular country will be assassinated and a Rothschild aligned leader will be put into the position, and if the assassination does not work, the country will be invaded and have a Central Bank established with force all under the name of terrorism.”
– www.godlikeproductions.com, 2011

“The private issuance of a nation’s money has given tremendous power to central bankers, a power so great that even democratically elected governments are subservient to them. Governments are not in control of the economy; it is the all-powerful banksters who create the money, determine interest rates, and decide who gets loans and who doesn’t.”
– Gabriel Donohoe

“Essential to controlling a government is the establishment of a central bank with a monopoly on the country’s supply of money and credit.”
– James Perloff in his book “The Shadows of Power: The Council on Foreign Relations and the American Decline”

“There are few historians who would challenge the fact that the funding of World War I, World War II, the Korean War, and the Vietnam War was accomplished … through the Federal Reserve System. An overview of all wars since the establishment of the Bank of England in 1694 suggests that most of them would have been greatly reduced in severity, or perhaps not even fought at all, without fiat money. It is the ability of governments to acquire money without direct taxation that makes modern warfare possible, and a central bank has become the preferred method of accomplishing that.”
– G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve)… The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon. When the British order faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served. States will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall

“A private central bank issuing the public currency is a greater menace to the liberties of the people than a standing army…We must not let our rulers load us with perpetual debt.”
– Thomas Jefferson

“The Rothschilds have a majority stake in nearly all the central banks in the world.”– Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“Central banks have utilized and promoted wars for their own profit, starting with the Rothschild involvement with the Napoleonic wars, and continuing up to the present day.”– G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“The most vital and powerful force within the capitalist global political economy is the central banking system… the central banking system, is also the source of the greatest wealth and power, essentially managing capitalism – controlling the credit and debt of both government and industry.”– Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“Central banks are integral to the modern fiat monetary system, and the power and influence invested in this role is such that central banks, and, more importantly, those who control them, have an immense impact on human affairs. The evolution of the banking system from earliest times has involved not only empirical, accidental modifications, but, also of a secret, concerted, plan to create a financial system of supremely corrupting and corruptible capacity. It was not until the 18th century that the secret plan was brought to its perfect form by the creation of banking dynasties, especially the Rothschilds, and the perfecting of a vehicle of transmission – central banks. The model for this perfect vehicle is the Bank of England.”
“Bank of England” from www.overlordsofchaos.com

“Powerful private families decide who controls the Federal Reserve, the Bank of England, the Bank of Japan and even the European Central Bank. Money is in their hands to destroy or create. Their aim is the ultimate control over future life on this planet, a supremacy earlier dictators and despots only ever dreamt of.”– F. William Engdahl

“The private issuance of a nation’s money has given tremendous power to central bankers, a power so great that even democratically elected governments are subservient to them. Governments are not in control of the economy; it is the all-powerful banksters who create the money, determine interest rates, and decide who gets loans and who doesn’t.”– Gabriel Donohoe

“Eventually international bankers owned as private corporations the central banks of the various European nations. The Bank of England, Bank of France and Bank of Germany were not owned by their respective governments, as almost everyone imagines, but were privately owned monopolies granted by the heads of state, usually in return for loans.”– Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“Benjamin Strong, Governor of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, and Montagu Norman, Governor of the Bank of England, who worked closely together throughout the 1920s, decided to use the financial power of Britain and the United States to force all the major countries of the world to go on the gold standard and to operate it through central banks free from all political control, with all questions of international finance to be settled by agreements by such central banks without interference from governments. These men were not working for the governments and nations of whom they purportedly represented, but were the technicians and agents of the dominant investment bankers of their own countries, who had raised them up and were perfectly capable of throwing them down.”– Andrew Gavin Marshall in his book “Global Power and Global Government”

“The Rothschilds have a majority stake in nearly all the central banks in the world.”– Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

CITY OF LONDON CORPORATION THE “CITY” , THE “SQUARE MILE”, THE “CROWN”: EPICENTER OF INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL CAPITALISM

“With the exception of a few thousand very powerful people, the entire world’s population, all seven billion of us, are trapped into a criminal debt creating banking ‘system’ that has taken hundreds of years to perfect and to come to fruition. This ‘system’ results in enslavement and servitude. It creates dreadful unhappiness amongst ordinary decent people and causes wars, debt, starvation, pollution and environmental destruction. It feeds on greed, fear and division. It forces people onto the corporate treadmills of mass mindless production and mass mindless consumption. It uses lies, deception, intimidation and entrapment at all times. It is a system that is so clever and so cunning that most of the world is completely oblivious to its existence. It is a system that allows a few winners at the expense of a huge number of losers. It is a system that considers itself to be unbeatable and indestructible and is now so arrogant that it believes it can control everything and everyone on its terms. It is a system where psychopaths and sociopaths can flourish. And without question the center of this system, the heart of this global corporate beast is the innocent sounding Square Mile known as the City of London.”
– Justin Walker

“London’s inner city is a privately owned corporation or city state, located right in the middle of greater London. It became a sovereign state in 1694 when King William III of Orange privatised & turned the Bank of England over to the bankers. Today, the City State of London is the world’s financial power centre & the wealthiest square mile on the face of the Earth. It houses the Rothschild controlled Bank of England, Lloyds of London, the London stock exchange, all British banks, the branch offices of 385 foreign banks & 70 US banks. It has its own courts, its own laws, its own flag & its own police force. It is not part of greater London, or England, or the British Commonwealth & pays no taxes. The City State of London houses Fleet Street’s newspaper & publishing monopolies. It is also the headquarters for world wide English Freemasonry & headquarters for the world wide money cartel known as The Crown.
Contrary to popular belief, The Crown is not the Royal Family or the British Monarch. The Crown is the private corporate City State of London. It has a council of 12 members who rule the corporation under a mayor, called the Lord Mayor. The Lord mayor & his 12 member council serves as proxies or representatives who sit-in for 13 of the worlds wealthiest, most powerful banking families, including the Rothschild family, the Warburg family, the Oppenheimer family & the Schiff family. These families and their descendants run the Crown Corporation of London.
The Crown Corporation holds the title to world wide Crown land in Crown colonies like Canada, Australia & New Zealand. British parliament & the British prime minister serve as a public front for the hidden power of these ruling crown families.”
– The Hidden Empire, http://lightworkersxm.wordpress.com/, August 4, 2012

“London has more foreign banks than any other financial centre: by 2008 it accounted for half of all international trade in equities, nearly 45 per cent of over-the-counter derivatives turnover, 70 per cent of Eurobond turnover, 35 per cent of global currency trading and 55 per cent of all international public offerings. New York is bigger in areas like securitisation, insurance, mergers and acquisitions, and asset management, but much of its business is domestic, making London the world’s biggest international – and offshore – financial hub.”
– Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“When people hear of ‘The Crown’ they automatically think of the King or Queen of England; when they hear of ‘London’ or ‘The City’ they instantly think of the capital of England in which the monarch has his or her official residence.
… When we speak of ‘The City’ we are in fact referring to a privately owned Corporation – or Sovereign State – occupying an irregular rectangle of 677 acres and located right in the heart of the 610 square mile ‘Greater London’ area.
… The ‘Crown’ is a committee of twelve to fourteen men who rule the independent sovereign state known as London or ‘The City.’ ‘The City’ is not part of England. It is not subject to the Sovereign. It is not under the rule of the British parliament. Like the Vatican in Rome, it is a separate, independent state. It is the Vatican of the commercial world.
The City, which is often called “the wealthiest square mile on earth,” is ruled over by a Lord Mayor. Here are grouped together Britain’s great financial and commercial institutions, wealthy banks, dominated by the privately-owned (Rothschild controlled) Bank of England.”– Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“The City of London, with its own borders and police force, sits within the Isles of Britain as an international hub, the tax haven of all tax havens. The banks use offshore business organisations to escape regulation and the grip these organisations have over an ever weakened and corrupt political class is utterly astounding. The Conservative party is literally bankrolled by bankers and hedge funds. Half of the wealthiest hedge fund managers in the land pay millions each year to the Tories.”
– Graham Vanbergen

“The head of the [City of London] Corporation is the Lord Mayor of London, not to be confused with the mayor of London, who is head of the much larger Greater London municipality which contains the tiny City [of London] but has no jurisdiction at all over it. The Lord Mayor’s principal role today is ambassador for all UK-based financial and professional services.
… The [City of London] Corporation is one of the most powerful players, if not the most powerful, in global financial regulation. Through myriad subtle levers and influences, it exerts an invisible influence on Britain’s financial regulators and politicians.
… As Britain’s mainstream political system has evolved over the centuries, the City [of London] has been a fortress withstanding the tides of history that have transformed the rest of the British nation state. Its special privileges stem ultimately from the power of financial capital. Britain’s rulers have needed the City’s money and given the City what it wants in exchange.
… Britain’s entire political system derives, in a sense, from the City of London Corporation.
– Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“Over and over again we have seen that there is in this country another power than that which has its seat at Westminster. The City of London, a convenient term for a collection of financial interests, is able to assert itself against the Government of the country. Those who control money can pursue a policy at home and abroad contrary to that which has been decided by the people.”
– British Prime Minister Clement Attlee (1945-1951)

“The City of London now stands as money launderer of the world, the capital of global crime. It is the heart and engine of the offshore haven, with Jersey, Guernsey and the Isle of Man its european collection centres, the caribbean and others hoovering up billions of dollars from all over the globe… It has a dark and shadowy client list; terrorists, drug barons, arms dealers, politicians, corporations and companies, millionaires, billionaires – most with something to hide.”
– Graham Vanbergen, 2016

“British financiers took the power of controlling the markets of the world… Loans to foreign countries are organized and arranged by the City of London … solely in order to increase indebtedness upon which the City thrives and grows rich …. This national and mainly international dictatorship of money plays off one country against another.”
– Vincent Cartwright Vickers, 1910

“The City of London Is the centre of the most important part of the global offshore system. The City’s offshore network has three main layers. Two inner rings – Britain’s Crown Dependencies of Jersey, Guernsey and the Isle of Man; and its Overseas Territories, such as the Cayman Islands – are substantially controlled by Britain. The outer ring is a more diverse array of havens, like Hong Kong, which are outside Britain’s direct control but nevertheless have strong historical and current links to the country and the City of London. One authoritative account estimates that this British grouping overall accounts for well over a third of all international bank assets; add the City of London and the total is almost a half.”
– Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“England is a financial oligarchy run by the “Crown” which refers to the “City of London” not the Queen. The City of London is run by the Bank of England, a private corporation. The square-mile-large City is a sovereign state located in the heart of greater London.”
– Henry Makow, 2004

“Two separate empires were operating under the guise of the British Empire. One was the Crown Empire and the other was the British Empire.
All the colonial possessions that were white were under the Sovereign – i.e. under the authority of the British government. Such nations as the Union of South Africa, Australia, New Zealand and Canada were governed under British law. These only represented thirteen percent of the people who made up the inhabitants of the British Empire.
All the other parts of the British Empire – nations like India, Egypt, Bermuda, Malta, Cyprus and colonies in Central Africa, Singapore, Hong Kong and Gibraltar (those areas inhabited by the browns, yellows and blacks) were all Crown colonies. These were not under British rule. The British parliament had no authority over them. They were privately owned and ruled by a private club in London, England, known as the Crown.
… The City reaped fantastic profits from its operations conducted under the protection of the British armed forces. This wasn’t British commerce and British wealth. It was the Crown’s commerce and the Crown’s wealth. The international bankers, prosperous merchants and the British aristocracy who were part of the City ‘machine’ accumulated vast fortunes.”
– Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“A new market had emerged, ushering in the rebirth of London as the world’s largest financial centre… The financial establishment in London was piecing together the means by which London would restore its position as the capital of a world ruled in the interests of an elite of investors… The British empire began rise from the dead.”
– Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The City of London caters to those above the law, it operates on the basis of bypassing democratic society as a whole. This has come about over time where an extraordinary ‘gentlemens agreement’ has stood the test of time. The head of state and his/her governments have the need of large loans for wars and the like, the City, in exchange for such commodity has extracted certain privileges the rest of the population do not enjoy. The end result over the centuries is that it now has its own financial jurisdiction to do pretty much as it pleases.
… The City of London has its own private funding and will ‘buy-off’ any attempt to erode its powers; any scrutiny of its financial affairs are put beyond external inspection or audit.”
– Graham Vanbergen

“Both E. C. Knuth, in his book ‘Empire of the City’, and Des Griffin, in his book ‘Descent into Slavery’, stated their belief that ‘The City’ is actually a sovereign state (much like the Vatican), and that since the establishment of the privately owned Bank of England in 1694, ‘The City’ has actually become the last word in the country’s national affairs, with Prime Minister, Cabinet, and Parliament becoming only a front for the real power. According to Knuth, when the Queen enters ‘The City,’ she is subservient to the Lord Mayor (under him, is a committee of 12-14 men, known as ‘The Crown’), because this privately-owned corporation is not subject to the Queen, nor to Parliament.”
– David Allen Rivera in his book “Final Warning: A History of the New World Order”

“By the 1980s, the City [of London] was at the centre of a great, secretive financial web cast across the globe, each of whose sections – the individual havens – trapped passing money and business from nearby jurisdictions and fed them up to the City: just as a spider catches insects. So, a complex cross-border merger involving a US multinational might, say, route a lot of the transaction through Caribbean havens, whose British firms will then send much of the heavy lifting work, and profits, up to the City.
The Crown dependencies of Jersey, Guern_sey and the Isle of Man, which focus heavily on European business, form the web’s inner ring. In the second quarter of 2009, Jersey alone provided £135bn in bank deposits upstreamed to the City. Jersey Finance, the tax haven’s promotional body, puts the relationship plainly: “Jersey is an extension of the City of London.”
The next ring of the web contains the British overseas territories, such as the Cayman Islands and Bermuda. Like the Crown dependencies, they have governors appointed by the Queen and are controlled by Britain in myriad ways, but with enough distance to allow Britain to say “There is nothing we can do” when it suits.
The web’s outer ring contains an assortment of havens, such as Mauritius in the Indian Ocean, Hong Kong and the Bahamas, which Britain does not control but which still feed billions in business to the City from around the world.”
– Nicholas Shaxson

“For thirty years London has been engaged in a second empire project. We have run huge trade deficits for over thirty years … They dealt with that trade deficit by sucking in money from wholesale markets on the basis of better returns than could be got elsewhere. This was invented by Margaret Thatcher: the idea was that we would become financial dealers for oligarchs and oil people from around the world.”
– Jim Cousins, a member of the UK Treasury Select Committee

“In 1694, King William III of the House of Orange privatized the Bank of England, established the City of London, and turned control of England’s money over to an elite group of international bankers. Like Vatican City, the City of London (not to be confused with Greater London) is a privately owned corporation operating under its own flag, with its own constitution and free from the legal constraints that govern the rest of us. This action paved the way for a private cartel of international bankers to embark on a plan of implementing world governance.”
– “How the City of London Controls World Power” an article from thedailybell.com

“Margaret Thatcher invented the idea that the City of London would become financial dealers for oligarchs and oil people from around the world.”
– Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“In the heart of London, England, the financial district is known as ‘The City,’ or the ‘Square Mile.’ All major British banks have their main offices here, along with branch offices for 385 foreign banks, including 70 from the United States… It is virtually the financial hub of the world.”
– David Allen Rivera in his book “Final Warning: A History of the New World Order”

“England, Scotland, Wales, and, especially, Northern Ireland, are today little more than slave plantations and social engineering laboratories, serving the needs of …the City of London.
European dynastic families constitute a financial oligarchy; they are the power behind the Windsor throne [Britain]. They view themselves as the heirs to the Venetian oligarchy, which infiltrated and subverted England from the period 1509-1715, and established a new, more virulent, Anglo-Dutch-Swiss strain of the oligarchic system of imperial Babylon, Persia, Rome, and Byzantium.
The City of London dominates the world’s speculative markets. A tightly interlocking group of corporations, involved in raw materials extraction, finance, insurance, transportation, and food production, controls the lion’s share of the world market, and exerts virtual “choke point” control over world industry.”
– Historian Jeffrey Steinberg

CLUB OF THE ISLES EUROPE’S GLOBAL FOOD, OIL AND MINING CARTEL

“Club of the Isles is a vast network of private financial interests, controlled by the leading aristocratic and royal families of Europe. It is modeled on the 17th-century British and Dutch East India Company models.
The Rothschild family has been at the financial heart of the Club of the Isles.
The Club of the Isles is centered in the City of London.”– William Engdahl , Executive Intelligence Review, 1997

“Club of the Isles is a European cartel – centered within the City of London and headed by the House of Windsor – which controls every aspect of the global economy including banks, insurance and pharmaceutical companies, raw materials, transportation, factories, major retail groups, the stock and commodities markets, politicians and governments, media, intelligence agencies, drugs and organized crime.”
– “The Windsors’ Global Food Cartel: Instrument for Starvation” an article by Executive Intelligence Review, 1995

“Today the Rothschild’s control a far-flung financial empire, which includes majority stakes in most world central banks. The Edmond de Rothschild clan owns the Banque Privee SA in Lugano, Switzerland and the Rothschild Bank AG of Zurich. The family of Jacob Lord Rothschild owns the powerful Rothschild Italia in Milan. They are founding members of the exclusive $10 trillion Club of the Isles – which controls corporate giants Royal Dutch Shell, Imperial Chemical Industries, Lloyds of London, Unilever, Barclays, Lonrho, Rio Tinto Zinc, BHP Billiton and Anglo American DeBeers. It dominates the world supply of petroleum, gold, diamonds, and many other vital raw materials.”– Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“You will not read about the Club of the Isles in any textbook or popular magazine. It is unincorporated and it has no membership lists. Yet, as an informal association of predominantly European-based royal households and princely families, the Club of the Isles commands an estimated $10 trillion in assets. It lords over such corporate giants as Royal Dutch Shell, Imperial Chemical Industries, Lloyds of London, Unilever, Lonrho, Rio Tinto Zinc, and Anglo American DeBeers. It dominates the world supply of petroleum, gold, diamonds, and many other vital raw materials; and deploys these assets not merely in the pursuit of wealth, but as resources at the disposal of its geopolitical agenda. Its goal: to reduce the human population from its current level of over 5 billion people to below 1 billion people within the next two to three generations in the interest of retaining their own global power and the feudal system upon which that power is based.”– “The Coming Fall of the House of Windsor” an article from The New Federalist newspaper, 1994

“Club of the Isles is an immensely influencial network of institutions and companies controlled by the British House of Windsor and the Black Nobility European dynastic families. It is a web of interlocking directorships which hold independent companies in a network of common control and common agenda.
European dynastic family members of this web include: House of Guelph/House of Windsor, Britain; House of Wettin, Belgium; House of Bernadotte, Sweden; House of Liechtenstein, Liechtenstein; House of Oldenburg, Denmark; House of Hohenzollern, Germany; House of Hanover, Germany (the second most important one); House of Bourbon, France; House of Orange, Netherlands; House of Grimaldi, Monaco; House of Wittelsbach, Germany; House of Braganza, Portugal; House of Nassau, Luxembourg; House of Habsburg, Austria; House of Savoy, Italy; House of Karadjordjevic, Yugoslavia (former); House of Württemberg, Germany; House of Zogu, Albania.
Bank and corporate members include: The Bank of England, Anglo-American Corp of South Africa, Rio Tinto, De Beers Consolidated Mines and De Beers Centenary AG, N.M. Rothchild Bank, Barclays Bank, Lloyds Bank, Midland Bank, National Westminster Bank, Barings Bank, Schroders Bank, Standard Chartered Bank, Hambros Bank, S. G. Warburg, Toronto Dominion Bank, Lazard Brothers, Lonrho, J. P. Morgan and Co, British Petroleum. Shell and Royal Dutch Petroleum, General Electric, HSBS Holdings (Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank), Imperial Chemical Industries, ING Group, Jardine Matheson, Peninsular and Oriental Steam Navigation Co, Reuters, GlaxoSmithKline, Unilever, Vickers.
Environmental Organizations established and controlled by the Club of the Isles include: World Wildlife Fund, Greenpeace, Friends of the Earth, Sierra Club, Earth First, Sea Shepard, Rainforest Action Network.”– David Icke

“The Club of the Isles provides capital for George Soros’ Quantum Fund NV – which made substantial financial gains in 1998-99 following the collapse of currencies of Thailand, Indonesia and Russia. The Club of Isles is led by the Rothschilds and includes Queen Elizabeth II and other wealthy European aristocrats and Nobility.”– Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The “Club of the Isles” is an informal association of predominantly European-based royal households including the Queen of England. The Club of the Isles commands an estimated $10 trillion in assets. It lords over such corporate giants as Royal Dutch Shell, Imperial Chemical Industries, Lloyds of London, Unilever, Lonrho, Rio Tinto Zinc, and Anglo American DeBeers. It dominates the world supply of petroleum, gold, diamonds, and many other vital raw materials; and deploys these assets at the disposal of its geopolitical agenda.
Its goal: to reduce the human population from its current level to below one billion people within the next two to three generations; to literally “cull the human herd” in the interest of retaining their own global power and the feudal system upon which that power is based.”– Henry Makow

COMMUNISM AND THE BOLSHEVIK REVOLUTION FUNDED BY THE RICHEST CAPITALISTS IN THE WORLD

“In the Bolshevik Revolution we have some of the world’s richest and most powerful men financing a movement which claims its very existence is based on the concept of stripping of their wealth, men like the Rothschids, Rockefellers, Schiffs, Warburgs, Morgans, Harrimans, and Milners. But obviously these men have no fear of international Communism. It is only logical to assume that if they financed it and do not fear it, it must be because they control it.”
– Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“Jacob Schiff was the Rothschild agent who had taken over control of Kuhn, Loeb and Company, the international banking house, on behalf of his European masters. Schiff had come into his own on the American banking scene some years earlier when, in his capacity as the Rothschilds’ top agent in the United States, he arranged financing for John D. Rockefeller’s Standard Oil, the railroad empire of Edward Harriman and the steel empire of Andrew Carnegie.
When Leon Trotsky’s private army, whose ‘boot camp’ was located on Standard Oil property in New jersey, was sufficiently trained for its campaign of subversion and terror, they sailed from New York on the S.S. Kristianiafiord bound for Russia. With them on the ship was $20,000,000 in gold, supplied by international banker Jacob Schiff.
… The Red Army, under the direction of Trotsky, was the deadly tool of the Rothschild dominated international bankers.”
– Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“Virtually the entire communist project in world domination and terror – from the original Bolshevik revolution and the building up of Stalin, to Chairman Mao’s murderous takeover of China and Fidel Castro’s bloody rise to power in Cuba – has been facilitated every step of the way by Western globalists.”– Alex Newman

“The drive of the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government combining super capitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control. Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent.”
– Congressman Lawrence] P. McDonald, 1976

“In 1905, while Russia was engaged in the Russo-Japanese War, the Communists tried to get the farmers to revolt against the Czar, but they refused.
After this aborted attempt, the Russian Czar deposited $400,000,000 in the Chase Bank, National City Bank, Guaranty Trust Bank, the Hanover Trust Bank, and Manufacturers Trust Bank, and $80,000,000 in the Rothschild Bank in Paris, because he knew who was behind the growing revolutionary movement, and hoped to end it.
The Rothschilds, through Alfred Milner, planned the Russian Revolution, and along with Schiff (who gave $20 million), Sir George Buchanan, the Warburgs, the Rockefellers, the partners of J.P. Morgan (who gave at least $1 million), Olaf Aschberg (of the Nye Bank of Stockholm, Sweden), the Rhine Westphalian Syndicate, a financier named Jovotovsky (whose daughter later married Leon Trotsky), William Boyce Thompson (a director of Chase National Bank who contributed $1 million), and Albert H. Wiggin (President of Chase National Bank), helped finance it.
The Rockefellers had given their financial support to the Russian Revolution after the Czar refused to give them access to the Russian oil fields, which were already being pumped by the Royal Dutch Co. (owned by the Rothschilds and the Nobel brothers) and giving Standard Oil plenty of competition on the international market. Even though John D. Rockefeller possessed $15,000,000 in bonds from the Royal Dutch Co. and Shell, rather than purchase stock to get his foot in the door and indirectly profit, he helped to finance the Revolution so that he would be able to get Standard Oil firmly established in the country of Russia. As the Congress of Vienna (1814) had shown, the Illuminati had never been able to control the affairs of Russia, so they had to get rid of the Czar so he couldn’t interfere with their plans.”
– Antony Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution”

“Communism is the ultimate monopoly, not only controlling the government, the monetary system and all property, but also a monopoly which, like the corporations it emulates, is self-perpetuating and eternal.”
– Eustace C. Mullins in his book “The Rockefeller Syndicate”

“Monopoly capitalists are the bitter enemies of laissez-faire entrepreneurs; and, given the weaknesses of socialist central planning, the totalitarian socialist state is a perfect captive market for monopoly capitalists, if an alliance can be made with the socialist powerbrokers.”
– Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution”, 1974

“During the 1920s Russian industry was effectively rebuilt by US corporations, with several of Lenin’s five-year plans financed by Wall Street banks. The aim was to prepare Russia for WWII, where it effectively won the war for the allies but was largely ruined (again) in the process and, like the other European powers, incurred massive debt to Wall Street and London bankers.”
– Joe Quinn

“Jacob Schiff sank about $20,000,000 for the final triumph of Bolshevism in Russia. Other New York banking firms also contributed.”
– Cholly Knickerbocker, New York Journal American, 3 February 1949

“The Mellons, Carnegies, Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Dukes, Astors, Dorrances, Reynoidses, Stilimans, Bakers, Pynes, Cuilmans, Watsons, Dukes, Kleinwarts, DuPonts, Warburgs, Phippses, Graces, Guggenheims, Milners, Drexels, Winthrops, Vanderbilts, Whitneys, Harkuesses and other super rich families generally get along quite well with Communists, who supposedly want to take away the wealth of these men and give it to the people. However, this is only double talk designed to bolster the superstructure of delusion that Communists are the enemies of all Capitalists. But Communists, like the super rich families, are not the enemies of monopoly capitalism: they are the foes of free enterprise.”
– David Hill, in his unpublished manuscript

“The main purveyors of funds for the [Russian] revolution were neither the crackpot Russian millionaires nor the armed bandits of Lenin. The ‘real’ money primarily came from certain British and American circles which for a long time past had lent their support to the Russian revolutionary cause… I have been told that over 21 million rubles were spent by Lord [Alfred] Milner in financing the Russian Revolution.”
– Russian General Arsene de Goulevitch, who witnessed the Bolshevik Revolution firsthand

“Russian democracy has become victorious, and thanks are due to the Jew that the Russian [Bolshevik] Revolution succeeded.”
– Jacob Schiff, to the Jewish League of American Patriots, May 3, 1917

“If one understands the socialism is not a share-the-wealth program, but is in reality a method to consolidate and control the wealth, then the seeming paradox of super-rich men promoting socialism becomes no paradox at all. Instead, it becomes logical, even the perfect tool of power-seeking megalomaniacs.
Communism, or more accurately socialism, its not a movement of the downtrodden masses, but of the economic elite.”
– Gary Allen from the documentary “The Money Masters: How Banks Create the World’s Money”

“We find persistent recurrence of the same names: Owen Young, Gerard Swope, Hjalmar Schacht, Bernard Baruch, etc.; the same international banks: J. P. Morgan, Guaranty Trust, Chase Bank.
This group of international bankers backed the Bolshevik Revolution and subsequently profited from the establishment of a Soviet Russia. This group backed Roosevelt and profited from New Deal socialism. This group also backed Hitler and certainly profited from German armament in the 1930s.”
– Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler”, 1976

“By imposing the Bolshevik Revolution on Russia, Wall Street ensured that it could not compete with the USA. For the next 70 years, the ‘managers of the world’ in the US and Western Europe expanded their global domination through the use of a bogus “Communist threat” (which they created). In the late 1980s, the Western banking elite decided that their global power was sufficient to allow them to pull back the ‘iron curtain’ and, once again, open Russia up, but this time for some ‘free market’, ‘open society’ neo-liberal plunder. All was going to plan for most of the 1990s until Vladimir Putin arrived on the scene and began to spoil the Western elites’ ‘we rule the world’ party.”
– Joe Quinn

“Through the Roosevelt, Truman, Eisenhower and Kennedy administrations its ideology is constant: That the best way to fight Communism is by a One World Socialist state governed by “experts” like themselves. The result has been policies which favor the growth of the superstate, gradual surrender of United States sovereignty to the United Nations and a steady retreat in the face of Communist aggression.”
– Kermit Roosevelt, 1961

“International bankers arranged the Bolshevik coup in Russia in 1917, and then supported the regime thereafter, both for the profit involved and, presumably, to build up a “credible enemy.””
– G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“One barrier to mature understanding of recent history is the notion that all capitalists are the bitter and unswerving enemies of all Marxists and Socialists. This erroneous idea originated with Karl Marx and was undoubtedly useful to his purposes. In fact, the idea is nonsense. There has been a continuing, albeit concealed, alliance between international political capitalists and international revolutionary socialists – to their mutual benefit.”
– Antony Sutton in his book “Wall Street And The Bolshevik Revolution”

“The so-called demise of Communism is a Great Deception, having been stage managed for the transition to world government.”
– G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island: a second look at the Federal Reserve”

“Cecil Rhodes understood clearly that the only way [the Western banking/corporate/political elite] were going rule the world was to ensure that Russia never emerged as a competitor to their center of operations – London, and then the USA. From a practical perspective, to achieve that goal they were going to have to perpetually marginalize Russia on the Eurasian continent and prevent European nations, in particular Western European nations, from ever forming an alliance with Russia. That task began in earnest in the late 1890s. It continues to this day.”
– Joe Quinn

“The technique, used by the monopolists to gouge society, was set forth in the early twentieth century by Frederick C. Howe ‘Confessions of a Monopolist’. First, says Howe, politics is a necessary part of business. To control industries it is necessary to control Congress and the regulators and thus make society go to work for you, the monopolist. So, according to Howe, the two principles of a successful monopolist are, “First, let Society work for you; and second, make a business of politics.'”
– Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution”, 1974

“Jacob Schiff of the firm of Kuhn, Loeb and Company in New York [was] the top Rothschild agent in the United States and the main financial backer of the Bolshevik Revolution in 1917.”
– Sir Edward Cassel in his book “From Manifest Destiny”, 1953

“If you wanted a national monopoly, you must control a national socialist government. If you want a worldwide monopoly, you must control a world socialist government. That is what the game is all about. “Communism” is not a movement of the downtrodden masses, but is a movement created, manipulated and used by power-seeking billionaires in order to gain control over the world, first by establishing socialist governments in the various nations and then consolidating them all through a “Great Merger,” into an all-powerful world, socialist super-state.”
– Gary Allen

“During the civil war in Russia between the Reds and the Whites, while Wall Street financiers were aiding the Bolsheviks quietly, they also began to finance Aleksandr Kolchak (of the Whites) with millions of dollars, in order to ensure that whoever emerged victorious in the war, Wall Street would win.”
– Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution”, 1974

“The international bankers made a huge capital investment in the Bolshevik Revolution and in the totalitarian regime that resulted from it. Since that time they have used Russia as their ‘foil’ in the plan to conquer the world.”
– Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“Since coming to power Vladimir Putin has made moves to do to Russia precisely that which the Western banking elite spent over 100 years trying to prevent: make it a strong independent country, free (to the greatest extent possible) of the Western bankers’ toxic influence. Even worse, Putin’s plan does not seem to be limited merely to freeing Russia, but includes the idea of using Russia’s influence to establish a new ‘new world order’, based not on the hegemony of the few, but on multipolarity, real national sovereignty, mutual respect, and genuinely fair trade among nations. In their 15 short years at the helm in Russia, Putin and his friends have gone a long way towards achieving their goals. The response from the Western elite has been interesting to watch. From NATO’s attempts to encircle Russia in Eastern Europe, to economic sanctions imposed on the basis of trumped-up charges, to sabotaging Russia-EU economic relations, to staging a coup in Ukraine in 2014, to manipulating the price of oil and assassinating ‘opposition figures’ inside and outside Russia; the anglo-American elite are resorting to increasingly desperate and hysterical measures to maintain the global imbalance they worked so hard to achieve.’
– Joe Quinn

“There is a partnership between international monopoly capitalism and international revolutionary socialism for their mutual benefit.”
– Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution”

“Communism and socialism are themselves forms of monopoly. The only difference is that in this case, the monopoly is operated by the government. But what if an international banker, through loans to the state, manipulation of a central bank, campaign contributions, or bribes, is able to achieve dominion over a government? In that case, he would find socialism welcome, for it would serve him as an instrument to control society.”
– James Perloff

“The major money powers of the west enlarged their monopoly ambitions and broadened horizons on a global scale. The gigantic Russian market was to be converted into a captive market and a technical colony to be exploited by a few high-powered American financiers and the corporations under their control.”
– Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution”, 1974

“In the absence of a coherent alternative, the transnational corporations carry on inexorably. Increasingly flagless and stateless, they weave global webs of production, commerce, culture and finance virtually unopposed. They expand, invest and grow, concentrating ever more wealth in a limited number of hands. They work in coalition to influence local, national and international institutions and laws. And together with the governments of their home countries in Europe, North America and Japan, as well as international institutions such as the World Trade Organization, the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund and increasingly, the United Nations, they are molding an international system in which they can trade and invest even more freely – a world where they are less and less accountable to the cultures, communities and nation-states in which they operate. Underpinning this effort is not the historical inevitability of an evolving, enlightened civilization, but rather the unavoidable reality of the overriding corporate purpose: the maximization of profits.”
– Sierra Club

“In the last quarter of the 20th century, the transnational corporations became the principal designers and controllers of the economy.
…Transnational corporations and their offshoots now conduct two-thirds of the world’s trade, and they decide worldwide where, what, how and for whom their products shall be produced. Many are richer – and more powerful – than nation states.”
– NoNonsense guide to International Development

“Global or transnational corporations do not recognize any national or local interest or obligation.”
– David Korten

“The real motives behind most of U.S foreign policy as measured by the kinds of countries U.S. Ieaders support and the kinds of countries or political movements they try to destroy is to keep the world safe for the Fortune 500. To make sure that the transnational corporations and international global finance capital continues to control the land, labor, resources, and markets of most of the world, and ultimately, all of the world on terms that are extremely favorable to them. The goal is to destroy, to obliterate, to thwart any social movement or national leader who is trying for an alternative way of using the land, the labor, the natural resources, the markets, the capital of his or her country.”
– Michael Parenti

“U.S. foreign policy is largely directed towards serving the transnational corporations.”
– James Petras and Henry Veltmeyer in their book “Globalization Unmasked”

“The corporate-dominated economy and the transnational corporate state had consolidated its power over almost every aspect of public and private life, and under a formal globalization movement the transnational corporations were extending their tentacles all over the planet.
Footsoldiers like Margaret Thatcher, Ronald Reagan, the ever-dutiful Bush family, Helmut Kohl, and a list of Japanese leaders had diligently kept the faith. Working with the timeworn International Monetary Fund (IMF), the World Bank and ultimately with the new engine of globalization, the World Trade Organization, they ensured that the interests of capital were nowhere endangered by the needs of the world’s three billion poor to eat, have shelter, clothing, sanitation, medical care, and education.”
– William F. Pepper in his book “An Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King”

“There are more than 60,000 transnational corporations in the world. More than fifty of the largest one-hundred economies in the world are corporations. Transnational corporations hold ninety percent of all technology and product patents worldwide. Transnational corporations are involved in 70 percent of world trade.
The top 737 of these super-corporations or “super-entities” control 80% of the world economy.
The top 147 super-corporations or “super-entities” control 40% of the global economy through direct and indirect ownership or controlling interest.
Hundreds of companies that own the stocks and bonds of each other – they collectively own themselves. Hence, it becomes nearly impossible to trace the roots of ownership and control. From their relative obscurity, they wield enormous control of national and global economies.”
– Based on a 2011 Swiss Federal Institute of Technology study of 43,000 multinational companies

“People, governments and economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational banks and corporations.”
– Zbigniew Brzezinski in his book “Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era”

“This empire that we’ve created really has an emperor, and it’s not the president of this country… it doesn’t really matter whether we have a Democrat or a Republican in the White House or running Congress; the empire goes on, because it’s really run by what I call the corporatocracy, which is a group of men who run our biggest corporations. This isn’t a conspiracy theory. They don’t need to conspire. They all know what serves their best interest. But they really are the equivalent of the emperor, because they do not serve at the wish of the people, they’re not democratically elected, they don’t serve any limited term. They essentially answer to no one, except their own boards, and most corporate CEOs actually run their boards, rather than the other way around. And they are the power behind this.”
– John Perkins

“There seems to be nothing to prevent the transnational corporations taking possession of the planet and subjecting humanity to the dictatorship of capital.”
– Christian la Brie in an artilce in Le Monde Diplomatique

“The ultimate goal for the corporations is to bring the model of for-profit government into the ordinary and day-to-day functioning of the state — in effect, to privatize the government.”
– Naomi Klein in her book “The Shock Doctrine”

“The most effective way to restrict democracy is to transfer decision-making from the public arena to unaccountable institutions: kings and princes, priestly castes, military juntas, party dictatorships, or modern corporations.”
– Noam Chomsky

“The governments of the world are restructuring their economies, and the global economy as a whole, into a corporatist structure. Thus, this new international economic system being constructed is one representative of economic fascism. The governments now work directly for the banks, democracy is in decline everywhere, and the militarization of domestic society into creating “Homeland Security states” is underway and accelerating.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“The framework for the post-1945 economy had largely been worked Out by the United States and Britain. It called for the creation of three multilateral institutions – the World Bank, the IMF, and an international trade organization {WTO]… With the demise of the Soviet Union at the beginning of the 1990s, however, there were no longer any alternatives or restrictions on the planet to the spread of corporate colonialism.”
– William F. Pepper in his book “An Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King”

“Ronald Reagan .. was most definitely a global empire builder, a servant of the corporatocracy… He would cater to the men who shuttled back and forth from corporate CEO offices to bank boards and into the halls of government. He would serve the men who appeared to serve him but who in fact ran the government – men like Vice President George H. W. Bush, Secretary of State George Shultz, Secretary of Defense Caspar Weinberger, Richard Cheney, Richard Helms, and Robert McNamara. He would advocate what those men wanted: an America that controlled the world and all its resources, a world that answered to the commands of that America, a U.S. military that would enforce the rules as they were written by America, and an international trade and banking system that supported America as CEO of the global empire.”
– John Perkins in his book “Confessions of Economic Hit Man”

“U.S. multinationals are in a class of their own. Their top managers, the CEOs, have the highest salaries in the world. Japan, Germany, France and England also have global corporations, but managers there earn about a third of what their U.S. counterparts make.
… U.S. CEOs earn three times the average of CEOs in the 13 other advanced countries for which there are comparable data. Only in one country, Switzerland, are 7 CEOs paid even as much as 50 percent of what the average U.S. CEO makes.
… According to the Federal Reserve, while the CEO compensation in Britain was 22 times the pay of an average worker in 2004, in the United States it was 170 times, and in Japan only 11 times.”
– Ravi Batra in his book “The New Golden Age”, 2007

“The web of ownership revealed a core of 1,318 companies with ties to two or more other companies. This ‘core’ was found to own roughly 80% of global revenues for the entire set of 43,000 TNCs… Less than 1 per cent of the companies [147 tightly-knit companies which own each other] were able to control 40 per cent of the entire network [of global revenues].”
Swiss Federal Institute of Technology reported that researchers studied all 43,060 trans-national corporations (TNCs)
[New Scientist magazine, October, 2011]

COVERT GLOBAL POWER CENTERS INSTITUTIONS OF EXCEPTIONAL INFLUENCE

“The Round Table Group wanted to control the people by having the government tax people and deposit the peoples money in a central bank. The Group would take control of the bank and therefore have control of the money. The Group would take control of the State Department and formulate government policy, which would determine how the money was spent. The Group would control the CIA which would gather information about people, and script and produce psycho-political operations focused at the people to influence them to act in accord with Round Table Group State Department policy decisions. The Group would work to consolidate all the nations of the world into a single nation, with a single central bank under their control, and a single International Security System. Some of the first legislation of the Wilson Administration was the institution of the graduated income tax (1913) and the creation of a central bank called the Federal Reserve. An inheritance tax was also instituted. These tax laws were used to rationalize the need for legislation that allowed the establishment of tax-exempt foundations. The tax-exempt foundations became the link between the Group member’s private corporations and the university system. The Group would control the universities by controlling the sources of their funding. The funding was money sheltered from taxes that was channeled in ways which would help achieve Round Table Group aims.”
Colonel Edward Mandell House
– Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The Committee of 300 is the ultimate secret society made up of an untouchable ruling class, which includes the Queen of the United Kingdom (Elizabeth II), the Queen of the Netherlands, the Queen of Denmark and the royal families of Europe. These aristocrats decided at the death of Queen Victoria, the matriarch of the Venetian Black Guelphs that, in order to gain world-wide control, it would be necessary for its aristocratic members to “go into business” with the non-aristocratic but extremely powerful leaders of corporate business.”
“The Committee of 300: A Brief History of World Power:
– Venetian Black Nobility – Roots of Today’s Ruling Oligarchy” an article by Dr. John Coleman

“Beginning approximately in the early 1890s, a group of British elites, primarily from the privileged colleges of Oxford and Cambridge, formed what was to become the most influential policy network in Britain over the next half century and more. The group denied its existence as a formal group, but its footprints can be found around the establishment of a new journal of empire, the Round Table, founded in 1910.
The group argued that a more subtle and efficient system of global empire was required to extend the effective hegemony of Anglo-Saxon culture over the next century.
… In place of the costly military occupation of the colonies of the British Empire, they argued for a more repressive tolerance, calling for the creation of a British ‘Commonwealth of Nations.’ Members nations were to be given the illusion of independence, enabling Britain to reduce the high costs of far-flung armies of occupation from India to Egypt, and now across Africa and the Middle East as well. The term ‘informal empire’ was sometimes used to describe the shift.
… The idea of a Jewish-dominated Palestine, beholden to England for its tenuous survival, surrounded by a balkanized of squabbling Arab states, formed part of this group’s [British Round Table Group] concept of a new British Empire.
… The Round Table group’s grand design was to link England’s vast colonial possessions, from the gold and diamond mines of Cecil Rhodes and Rothschild’s Consolidated Gold Fields in South Africa, north to Egypt and the vital shipping route through the Suez Canal, and on through Mesopotamia, Kuwait and Persia into India in the East.
… The great power able to control this vast reach would control the world’s most valuable strategic raw materials, from gold, basis of the international gold standard for world trade, to petroleum, in 1919 emerging as the energy source of the modern industrial era.”
– William Engdahl in his book “A Century of War”

“Committee of 300 front organizations, include the Royal Institute for International Affairs (Chatham House), the Club of Rome, NATO, U.N., the Black Nobility, the Tavistock Institute, CFR and all its affiliated organizations, the think tanks and research institutions controlled by Stanford and the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations and last, but certainly not least, the military establishment.”
– John Coleman, 2012

“The elite owns numerous “think tanks” that work for expanding, consolidating and perpetuating its hold on the globe. The Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA), the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the Bilderberg Group, the Trilateral Commission, and many other similar organisations are all funded by the elite and work for it. These think tanks publish journals, such as Foreign Affairs, in which these imperialist and anti-mankind ideas are edified as publications, and then, if need be, expanded in the form of books that are given wide publicity.”
– Mujahid Kamran

“Lord Alfred Milner, wealthy English man and front man for the Rothschilds, served as paymaster for the international bankers during the Bolshevik Revolution. Milner later headed secret society known as The Round Table which was dedicated to establishing a world government whereby a clique of super-rich financiers would control the world under the guise of Socialism. The American subsidiary of this conspiracy is called the Council on Foreign Relations and was started by, and is still controlled by international bankers.”
– Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“The Club of Rome reports to the Committee of 300, at whose head sits the Queen of England. Her Majesty rules over a vast network of closely-linked corporations who pay no taxes, and are answerable to no one; who fund their research institutions through foundations whose joint activities have almost total control over our daily lives.
… These linked institutions and their leading personnel form an upper-level parallel government that controls the lives of every American, whether they know it or not. Together, the interlocking corporations, insurance companies, banks, finance corporations, the mega-oil companies, newspapers, magazines, radio and television broadcasting companies they make up a vast apparatus that sits astride the United States and the world. There is not a politician in Washington, D.C. who is not somehow beholden to it.”
– John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300”

“To the oligarchs and plutocrats of the Committee of 300, drugs have a two-fold purpose, firstly to bring in colossal sums of money and secondly, to eventually turn a major part of the population into mindless drug zombies who will be easier to control than people who don’t need drugs. Punishment for rebellion will mean withholding of supplies of heroin, cocaine, marijuana, etc. For this it is necessary to legalize drugs so that a monopoly system, which has been readied for introduction once severe economic conditions cause drug usage to proliferate as hundreds of thousands of permanently jobless workers turn to drugs for solace.
In one of the Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA) top secret papers, the scenario is laid out as follows: ‘Having been failed by Christianity, and with unemployment on every hand, those who have been without jobs for five years or more will turn away from the church and seek solace in drugs. That is when full control of the drug trade must be completed in order that the governments of all countries who are under our jurisdiction will have a monopoly which we will control through supply…. Drug bars will take care of the unruly and the discontent, would be revolutionaries will be turned into harmless addicts with no will of their own’.”
– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“By the early 1930’s, the British Crown had a stranglehold on the biggest supplies of gold and diamonds ever found in the world. Now, the Committee of 300 had at its disposal both the vast fortune coming from the drug trade and the equally vast fortune of the mineral and metal wealth of South Africa. Financial control of the world was complete.”
– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“The Tavistock Institute has 400 subsidiary organisations under its control along with 3,000 think tanks, mostly in the USA. The Stanford Research Institute, the Hoover Institute, the Aspen Institute of Colorado, and many others, devoted to manipulation of US as well as global public opinion, are Tavistock offshoots.”
– Mujahid Kamran

“The Pilgrims Society is an aristocratic Anglo-American club. The primary purpose of this club is to form an unofficial alliance with the United States and to vastly increase the powers of the British empire.
… The Pilgrims Society has fused together the business centers of New York and London, together with a large portion of the political centers of both nations. Ninety percent of the American members are top-level bankers and businessmen from New York city.
… Pilgrims Society presidents of the New York Federal Reserve Bank cover the period from 1914 to 1979. Pilgrims Society chairmen of the New York Federal Reserve cover almost the entire period from the 1920s up to 1990.
… The Pilgrims Society represents that old dream of Cecil Rhodes to create a worldwide English-speaking free-trade zone, with the dominant position for the Anglo-Saxon race. Rhodes had also been speculating about a network of secret societies that had to absorb the wealth of the world.
… The Pilgrims Society is one of the most important privately funded institutions of the globalist movement.”
– Joel van der Reijden, 2005

“In 1897, a group of top British and American intellectuals and money monopolists met to plot ways to implement Cecil Rhodes’ plan for a merging of British and American interests, in preparation for the final thrust towards the achievement of their ultimate goal – a One World Government. The result of their deliberations came on July 24, 1907, with the creation in London of an ultra-secret organization known as the Pilgrim Society. The basic purpose of the Pilgrim Society was to promote unity between the United States and Britain, to maneuver the United States into a position of dependence upon the Crown.”
– “Descent Into Slavery” a book by Des Griffin

“The modern science of mass manipulation was born at Wellington House London… The British monarchy, Lord Rothschild, and the Rockefellers were responsible for funding the venture. The purpose of those at Wellington House was to effect a change in the opinions of British people who were adamantly opposed to war with Germany, a formidable task that was accomplished by “opinion making” through polling. The staff consisted of Arnold Toynbee, a future director of studies at the Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA), Lord Northcliffe, and the Americans, Walter Lippmann and Edward Bernays. Lord Northcliffe was related to the Rothschilds through marriage.”
– Mujahid Kamran

“CREATING MONEY OUT OF THIN AIR” MAGIC OF FIAT MONEY

“The modern banking system manufactures money out of nothing. The process is perhaps the most astounding piece of sleight of hand that was ever invented. Banking was conceived in inequity and born in sinBankers own the earth. Take it away from them but leave them the power to create money, and, with a flick of a pen, they will create enough money to buy it back again. Take this great power away from them and all great fortunes like mine will disappear, for then this would be a better and happier world to live inBut, if you want to continue to be the slaves of bankers and pay the cost of your own slavery, then let bankers continue to create money and control credit.”
– Sir Josiah Stamp, president of the Bank of England in the 1920s, the second richest man in Britain, speaking at the Commencement Address of the University of Texas in 1927

“When the US government needs money, it either collects it in taxes or it issues bonds. These bonds are sold to the Federal Reserve , and the Fed, in turn, makes book entry deposits. This “debt money” created out of thin air is then made available to the US government. But if the US government can issue Treasury bills, notes and bonds, it can also issue currency, as it did prior to the formation of the Federal Reserve. If the U.S. issued its own money, that money could cover all its expenses, and the income tax wouldn’t be needed. So what’s the objection to getting rid of the Fed and letting the US government issue its own currency? Easy, it cuts out the bankers and it eliminates the income tax.”
– Richard Russell, Dow Theory Letter, April 2005

” America is the largest debtor nation, and at the same time it is the world’s creditor. “Creating money out of thin air”, while at the same time imposing the U.S. dollar as a global currency constitutes the ultimate instrument of conquest and imperial domination.
The U.S. monetary system is supported by the most powerful military power on earth. The dollar is backed by U.S. military might, which constitutes a means for displacing national currencies and imposing the U.S. dollar. In this regard, the Federal Reserve’s overwhelming powers of money creation constitute an essential lever of an imperial monetary agenda.
… The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic banking network. The control of money creation at a world level constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination. The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial design is to override and destroy national currencies.”
– Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis”

“Every country suspended the gold standard at the outbreak of the war [WWI]… This removed the automatic limitation on the supply of paper money. Then each country proceeded to pay for the war by borrowing from the banks. The banks created the money which they then lent by merely giving the Government a deposit of any size against which the Government could draw checks. The banks were no longer limited in the amount of credit they could create because they no longer had to pay out gold for checks on demand. Thus the creation of money in the form of credit by the banks was limited only by the demands of its borrowers.”
– Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The Federal Reserve holds a monopoly on the issuance of currency in the USA. In essence, this is the power to borrow an infinite amount of money at 0%. The dollar bill in your pocket is a 0% loan to the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve then uses these 0% loans to purchase income-producing assets.”
– Jeff Chen

“The Federal Reserve Act of 1913 was a coup that authorized a private cartel to create money out of nothing, lend it to the government with interest and control the national money supply, expanding or contracting it at will.”– Nikki Alexander, 2009

“A cabal of English aristocrats and bankers created the Bank of England in 1694. King William, in need of money to fight a certain war, money which he couldn’t raise by taxing or borrowing, granted a charter to a favored group of intriguers to form a bank which would be given a monopoly on issuing English bank notes, i.e., English paper money, which would be created out of nothing and credited to the government in return for a government IOU, the only “backing” that would be required. The government would pay interest on this “loan,” making it look legitimate to the public, but the bank’s even larger payback was that it was empowered to make additional commercial loans, at interest, using the same government IOU’s as “backing,” just as though the IOU’s were hard, metallic gold. The banks, by receiving interest on money they could create and lend out at will, were thereby going to get rich, the king was going to be able to raise any amount of “money” he wanted, and the public, remaining ignorant of what was going on, was going to pay for it all by having their savings devalued by the expansion of the currency.”
– G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks will deprive the people of all property until their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered. The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs.”
– Thomas Jefferson

“The founding of the Bank of England by William Paterson and his friends in 1694 is one of the great dates in world history. For generations men had sought to avoid the one drawback of gold, its heaviness, by using pieces of paper to represent specific pieces of gold. Today we call such pieces of paper gold certificates. Such a certificate entitles its bearer to exchange it for its piece of gold on demand, but in view of the convenience of paper, only a small fraction of certificate holders ever did make such demands. It early became clear that gold need be held on hand only to the amount needed to cover the fraction of certificates likely to he presented for payment; accordingly, the rest of the gold could be used for business purposes, or, what amounts to the same thing, a volume of certificates could be issued greater than the volume of gold reserved for payment of demands against them. Such an excess volume of paper claims against reserves we now call bank notes. In effect, this creation of paper claims greater than the reserves available means that bankers were creating money out of nothing.”
– Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The Federal Reserve Banks create money out of thin air to buy Government bonds from the United States Treasury, lending money into circulation at interest, by bookkeeping entries… Where does the Federal Reserve system get the money with which to create Bank Reserves? Answer. It doesn’t get the money, it creates it. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money. The Federal Reserve is a total moneymaking machine.”– Congressman Wright Patman House Banking and Currency Committee, 1964

“The bankers own the earth. Take it all away from them, but leave them the power to create money, and with the flick of the pen they will create enough deposits to buy it back again. However, take the power to create money away from them, and all the great fortunes like mine will disappear. But, if you wish to remain the slaves of bankers and pay the cost of your own slavery, let them continue to create money.”
Josiah Stamp, Director of the Bank of England, 1928
“The reason why the British abolished the right of the American Colonies to create and issue their own money is simple: the bankers did not want the Colonists to be able to trade among themselves without paying tribute to them… The objective was clear: by forcing Americans to pay interest, the European money changers wanted to enslave the Colonies in a mountain of debt.
… We are paying the International Bankers hundreds of millions of dollars each year in interest on our National Debt. This money (or credit) was created by the bankers out of nothing – and loaned to us at a high rate of interest.”
– Des Griffin in his book “Fourth Reich of the Rich

“When the federal government needs more money, the Federal Reserve does not merely create and print it as it would do were it a government agency. No, the Federal Reserve creates it as a loan and charges the government interest on it.”– U.S. State Senator Jack Metcalf (R-WA)

“I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can and do create money. And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hand the destiny of the people.”– Reginald McKenna, as Chairman of the Midland Bank, addressing stockholders in 1924

“The ultimate control over the world economy is achieved through command over money creation: through fiat money, by creating money from nothing. The “long war” is intended to instate the hegemony of the U.S.-EU financial system as well as the contours of “world government”.”– Michel Chossudovsky

“When you or I write a check there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the check, but when the Federal Reserve writes a check there is no bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money.”– “Putting it simply” Boston Federal Reserve Bank

“If all the bank loans were paid, no one could have a bank deposit, and there would not be a dollar of coin or currency in circulation. This is a staggering thought. We are completely dependent on the commercial Banks. Someone has to borrow every dollar we have in circulation, cash or credit. If the Banks create ample synthetic money we are prosperous; if not, we starve. We are absolutely without a permanent money system. When one gets a complete grasp of the picture, the tragic absurdity of our hopeless position is almost incredible, but there it is. It is the most important subject intelligent persons can investigate and reflect upon. It is so important that our present civilization may collapse unless it becomes widely understood and the defects remedied very soon.”– Robert H. Hemphill, former Credit Manager of Federal Reserve Bank, Atlanta, Ga., 1935

“[The] creation of paper claims greater than the reserves available means that bankers were creating money out of nothing. The same thing could be done in another way, not by note-issuing banks but by deposit banks. Deposit bankers discovered that orders and checks drawn against deposits by depositors and given to third persons were often not cashed by the latter but were deposited to their own accounts. Thus there were no actual movements of funds, and payments were made simply by bookkeeping transactions on the accounts. Accordingly, it was necessary for the banker to keep on hand in actual money (gold, certificates, and notes) no more than the fraction of deposits likely to be drawn upon and cashed; the rest could be used for loans, and if these loans were made by creating a deposit for the borrower, who in turn would draw checks upon it rather than withdraw it in money, such “created deposits” or loans could also be covered adequately by retaining reserves to only a fraction of their value. Such created deposits also were a creation of money out of nothing.”– Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“If one creates money out of thin air and then passes on what did not exist before and charges interest on it and uses physical assets as collateral, then that is in reality a model for expropriation.”– Franz Hormann, University of Vienna

“The founding of the Bank of England by William Paterson and his friends in 1694 is one of the great dates in world history. For generations men had sought to avoid the one drawback of gold, its heaviness, by using pieces of paper to represent specific pieces of gold. Today we call such pieces of paper gold certificates. Such a certificate entitles its bearer to exchange it for its piece of gold on demand, but in view of the convenience of paper, only a small fraction of certificate holders ever did make such demands. It early became clear that gold need be held on hand only to the amount needed to cover the fraction of certificates likely to he presented for payment; accordingly, the rest of the gold could be used for business purposes, or, what amounts to the same thing, a volume of certificates could be issued greater than the volume of gold reserved for payment of demands against them. Such an excess volume of paper claims against reserves we now call bank notes. In effect, this creation of paper claims greater than the reserves available means that bankers were creating money out of nothing.”– Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“In Pennsylvania in the first half of the 18th century, the provincial government not only printed its own money but owned its own bank. Colonial scrip was printed and lent to farmers at 5% interest, and this money recycled back to the government as it was repaid. The money went out and came back in a circular flow, preventing inflation… The Bank of Pennsylvania issued its fiat currency as loans for domestic use, loans on which not only the principal but the interest came back to the government. Since the provincial government had the power to issue the local scrip, it could issue some extra to meet its expenses; and this money filtered through the economy to provide the additional sums needed to cover the interest on the loans. During the time this provincial system was in place, the Pennsylvania colonists paid no taxes, there was no government debt, and price inflation did not result.”– Ellen Brown

“The counterfeit option is available only if a country happens to be in the unique position of having its currency accepted as the medium of international trade, as has been the case for the United States. In that event it is possible to create money out of nothing, and other nations have no choice but to accept it… The result is that America has continued to finance its trade deficit with fiat money – counterfeit, if you will – a feat which no other nation in the world could hope to accomplish.”
– G. Edward Griffin

“During the Civil War, [President] Lincoln issued Greenbacks. That was a form of fiat money in an emergency situation, but what it did, partially at least, was to take the control of the U.S. debt temporarily out of the hands of London and New York banks. That displeased London to an extraordinary extent.”
– F. William Engdahl, 2011

“It is well enough that people of the nation do not understand our banking and money system, for if they did, I believe there would be a revolution before tomorrow morning.”– Henry Ford, founder of the Ford Motor Company

“The organizational structure for creating means of payment out of nothing, we call credit.”– Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The U.S. bailout shows that countries do not need to borrow credit from foreign banks at all. The government could have created its own money and credit system rather than leaving foreign creditors to accrue interest charges that now represent a permanent and seemingly irreversible balance-of-payments drain. The United States has shown that any country can monetize its own credit, at least domestic credit.”– Michael Hudson and Jeffrey Sommers, 2008

“The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic banking network. The control of money creation at a world level constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination. The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial design is to override and destroy national currencies.”– Michel Chossudovsky

CREDIT, INTEREST, AND DEBT BANKERS’ PERPETUAL MONEY MACHINE

“When the federal government needs more money, the Federal Reserve does not merely create and print it as it would do were it a government agency. No, the Federal Reserve creates it as a loan and charges the government interest on it.”– U.S. State Senator Jack Metcalf (R-WA)

“If one creates money out of thin air and then passes on what did not exist before and charges interest on it and uses physical assets as collateral, then that is in reality a model for expropriation.”– Franz Hormann, University of Vienna

“Sovereign nations do not have to borrow their money into existence., yet the United States has been deceived into doing this since 1913. The compounding interest on this debt is now growing exponentially, and cannot be sustained. Unfortunately, we cannot just pay down the national debt. All our money – except for coins – is created out of debt. Under this debt money system, to reduce the debt is to reduce the national money. The only solution is to restructure our monetary system to forbid government borrowing. Fortunately, this is nothing new. The U.S. and other nations have done it before.
The problem with the economy of every nation on earth has the same root – national debt – debt that is totally unnecessary… All nations can get out of debt and not incur any more debt. Any nation that did this would immediately stabilize their economic situation – that is, incur neither significant inflation, nor deflation – by design. Human societies run best on stability – a stable economic platform – one that can be predicted in the long term. Once the money power is taken away from the big banks and returned into the hands of we, the people, then economic common sense can return, and the nation’s legislature can once again become responsive to the voting electorate instead of the bankers…In other words, what we need is a new human rights movement for the next generation based upon No More National Debt.
The economic problems that most people became aware of in the fall of 2008 are not reversing. Unemployment is still rising. Foreclosures are still rising. The world’s economic death spiral into a deflationary depression must continue until the real problem is addressed. Our entire global economic system is at a tipping point.”
– Bill Still, No More National Debt

“Debt is the source of all power and wealth for the central banking system – as they do not actually produce any tradable good, such as industry; nor do they provide any necessary service, such as government. Interest on debt is the source of income and authority for the central banking system, and thus, it needs to continually advance credit and expand debt.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall

“The reason why the British abolished the right of the American Colonies to create and issue their own money is simple: the bankers did not want the Colonists to be able to trade among themselves without paying tribute to them… The objective was clear: by forcing Americans to pay interest, the European money changers wanted to enslave the Colonies in a mountain of debt.
… We are paying the International Bankers hundreds of millions of dollars each year in interest on our National Debt. This money (or credit) was created by the bankers out of nothing – and loaned to us at a high rate of interest.”
– Des Griffin in his book “Fourth Reich of the Rich

“40% of every dollar we spend on goods and services is siphoned off the top as bank interest. The US Government is in the absurd position of paying interest to a private bank for every dollar that is put into circulation. The Federal Reserve system has privatized the power to create money, which, according to the Constitution, ought to belong to Congress alone. Presently, interest on the national debt costs the Federal government $500 billion in 2011, and, it is the fastest-growing portion of the Federal budget.”
– Josh Mitteldorf – first Public Banking in America conference April 28-29, Philadelphia

“The government keeps the economy going by massive deficit spending, a large chunk of which goes to the military. To make up for these deficits, the government borrows from rich financial interests at home and abroad. The accumulation of these yearly deficits is what we call the national debt.
… Conservatives like a big deficit because it represents an upward transfer of income from those who are eventually held responsible to pay it (the general public) to those who hold the notes on the debt (rich creditors). A massive national debt is a way of privatizing the public treasury. The bigger the debt, the larger the portion of the federal budget that finds its way back into the coffers of private creditors, as the government continues to borrow from those it should be taxing.”
– Michael Parenti

“Once the government reclaims the power to create money from the banks, it will no longer need to sell its bonds to investors. It will not even need to levy income taxes… Government-issued money would actually be less inflationary than the system we have now; and it is precisely because power and money corrupt, that money creation needs to be done by a public body, exercised in full view and with full accountability… What has allowed government to be corrupted today is that it is actually run by the money cartel. Big business holds all the cards, because its affiliated banks have monopolized the business of issuing and lending the national money supply, a function the Constitution delegated solely to Congress.”
– Ellen Brown in her book “Web Of Debt

“Central banking functions on the expansion and creation of money and debt, which is lent at interest, thus serving as the source of income for the central banking system.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall

“Government debt paves the way for government control. Consider: Debt leads to taxation to pay interest. Taxation leads to more economic control over the people by the same government that ran up the debt in the first place. It’s hardly extreme to conclude that escalating debt is part of a plan, such as a plan to establish a new world order.”
– John F. McManus

“The U.S. bailout shows that countries do not need to borrow credit from foreign banks at all. The government could have created its own money and credit system rather than leaving foreign creditors to accrue interest charges that now represent a permanent and seemingly irreversible balance-of-payments drain. The United States has shown that any country can monetize its own credit, at least domestic credit.”– Michael Hudson and Jeffrey Sommers, 2008

“The Federal Reserve holds a monopoly on the issuance of currency in the USA. In essence, this is the power to borrow an infinite amount of money at 0%. The dollar bill in your pocket is a 0% loan to the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve then uses these 0% loans to purchase income-producing assets. Before 2008, the assets purchased were primarily Treasury debt, which is backed by the taxation power of the US Government. In other words, we are exchanging the property rights to our valuable assets (land, labor, entrepreneurship) for little slips of green paper to buy trinkets with. The government can then tax these valuable assets to pay for our excess. The more we spend, the more the Fed owns.”
– Jeff Chen

“In 1694, the Bank of England was formed as a private central bank, which would issue the currency of the nation, lending it to the government and industry at interest, which would be paid back to the Bank of England’s shareholders, made up of these private banking dynasties. This is when the origins of what was known as a “world economy” took place.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall in his book “Global Power and Global Government”

“On September 1, 1894, we will not renew our loans under any consideration. On September 1st we will demand our money. We will foreclose and become mortgagees in possession. We can take two-thirds of the farms west of the Mississippi, and thousands of them east of the Mississippi as well, at our own price.”
– American Bankers Association, 1891

“We must keep the people busy with political antagonisms… By dividing the electorate … we’ll be able to have them spend their energies at struggling amongst themselves on questions that, for us, have no importance whatsoever.
… Let us make use of the courts… When through the law’s intervention, the common people shall have lost their homes, they will be more easy to control and more easy to govern, and they shall not be able to resist the strong hand of the Government acting in accordance with … the control of the leaders of finance.”
– United States Bankers magazine, 1892

“Capital must protect itself in every possible way, both by combination and legislation. Debts must be collected, mortgages foreclosed as rapidly as possible. When, through the process of law, the common people lose their homes, they will become more docile and more easily governed through the strong arm of government applied by a central power of wealth under leading financiers. These truths are well known among our principal men who are now engaged in forming an imperialism to govern the world. By dividing the voter through the political party system, we can get them to expend their energies in fighting for questions of no importance. It is thus by discreet action we can secure for ourselves that which has been so well planned and so successfully accomplished.”
– American’s Banker Association, 1924

“Central banking … needs to expand its control over industry, nations and people through the expansion of debt, continually needing to bring more individuals, nations and industries under debt bondage. Debt is the source of all power and wealth for the central banking system – as they do not actually produce any tradable good, such as industry; nor do they provide any necessary service, such as government. Interest on debt is the source of income and authority for the central banking system, and thus, it needs to continually advance credit and expand debt.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“Since 97% of the money in the world is created from debt, any loans paid off decreases the amount of money in circulation. And when no further loans are given, the circulating money stock falls dramatically, adversely affecting businesses and the economy at large. This intentional reduction of the money supply leads to widespread business failures, high unemployment, foreclosures on property, and severe hardship within the community. On the other hand, great wealth is transferred from defaulting borrowers to the banksters.”
– Gabriel Donohoe

“When governments fall into the trap of accepting loans in foreign currencies, they become “debtor nations” subject to IMF and BIS [Bank for International Settlements] regulation. They are forced to divert their production to exports, just to earn the foreign currency necessary to pay the interest on their loan.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“The US is bankrupt. However, the US dollar remains the world reserve currency. This means that the US can print money to pay its bills. As long as the world accepts the dollar as world reserve currency, the US will be able to continue its wars.”
– Paul Craig Roberts

” America is the largest debtor nation, and at the same time it is the world’s creditor. “Creating money out of thin air”, while at the same time imposing the U.S. dollar as a global currency constitutes the ultimate instrument of conquest and imperial domination.
The U.S. monetary system is supported by the most powerful military power on earth. The dollar is backed by U.S. military might, which constitutes a means for displacing national currencies and imposing the U.S. dollar. In this regard, the Federal Reserve’s overwhelming powers of money creation constitute an essential lever of an imperial monetary agenda.
… The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic banking network. The control of money creation at a world level constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination. The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial design is to override and destroy national currencies.”
– Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis”

“In Pennsylvania in the first half of the 18th century, the provincial government not only printed its own money but owned its own bank. Colonial scrip was printed and lent to farmers at 5% interest, and this money recycled back to the government as it was repaid. The money went out and came back in a circular flow, preventing inflation… The Bank of Pennsylvania issued its fiat currency as loans for domestic use, loans on which not only the principal but the interest came back to the government. Since the provincial government had the power to issue the local scrip, it could issue some extra to meet its expenses; and this money filtered through the economy to provide the additional sums needed to cover the interest on the loans. During the time this provincial system was in place, the Pennsylvania colonists paid no taxes, there was no government debt, and price inflation did not result.”– Ellen Brown

DIRTY MONEY WORLD DRUG TRADE IS CONTROLLED BY A GLOBAL ELITE

“Drug profits are secured through the ability of the drug cartels to launder and transfer billions of dollars through the US banking system. The scale and scope of the US banking-drug cartel alliance surpasses any other economic activity of the US private banking system.”
– James Petras

“The narcotics industry generates some $500 billion in annual sales worldwide, twice the value of Saudi Arabia’s oil exports.”
– Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The world order doesn’t allow for any frontal attack aimed at destroying narco-trafficking because that business, which moves $400 billion annually, is far too important for the leading nations of world power to eliminate. The US punishes those countries which don’t do enough to fight against drugs, whereas their CIA boys have built paradises of corruption throughout the world with the drug profits.”
– Ecuadorian Presidential Candidate Manuel Salgado

“A huge chunk of international banking and related financial operations have been created solely to manage dirty money.
… The Anglo-Dutch banking operations control illegal drug and related trade.
… The Anglo-Dutch oligarchy’s banking operations have the following qualifications:
They have run the drug trade for a century and a half.
They dominate those banking centers closed off to law enforcement agencies.
Almost all such “offshore,” unregulated banking centers are under the direct political control of the British and Dutch monarchies and their allies.
They dominate all banking at the heart of the narcotics traffic; the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, created in 1864 to finance the drug trade, is exemplary.
They control world trade in gold and diamonds, a necessary aspect of “hard commodity” exchange for drugs.
They subsume the full array of connections to organized crime, the pro-drug legislative lobby in the USA, and all other elements of distribution, protection, and legal support.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”

“The $500 billion international narcotics trade today is second only to the world oil trade. Total world trade volume is $1.7 trillion… The question that emerges is: “How is it possible that $500 billion and up in dirty money, crisscrossing international borders, can remain outside the control of the law?” Only one possible answer can be admitted: A huge chunk of international banking and related financial operations has been created solely to manage dirty money.”
– DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992

“Money laundering, according to IMF estimates for the 1990s, was between 590 billion and 1.5 trillion dollars a year. The proceeds of the drug trade are deposited in the banking system. Drug money is laundered in the numerous offshore banking havens in Switzerland, Luxembourg, the British Channel Islands, the Cayman Islands and some 50 other locations around the globe. It is here that criminal syndicates involved in the drug trade and the representatives of the world’s largest commercial banks interact. Dirty money is deposited in these offshore havens, which are controlled by major Western banks and financial institutions which have a vested interest in maintaining and sustaining the drug trade.”
– Michel Chossudovsky

“Drug networks are important factors in the politics of every continent. The United States returns repeatedly to the posture of fighting wars in areas of petroleum reserves with the aid of drug-trafficking allies – drug proxies – with which it has a penchant to become involved.”
– Peter Dale Scott in his book “Drugs, Oil, and War: The United States in Afghanistan, Colombia, and Indochina”

“The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank [HSBC] and related companies finance the opium trade. In this, they are acting as designated agents of the British monarchy, through the Royal Institute of International Affairs.
The world illegal drug traffic is controlled by a single group of men whose intimate ties of ownership, family, and political collaboration go back 200 years.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”

“A competent war on drugs must begin with a war against the banking institutions and bankers who ‘launder’ Dope, Inc.’s ill-gotten gains…Shut down the drug money-laundering by the major Anglo-American banks, and the dope cartel would choke to death on its own profits… Dope, Inc.’s vulnerable flank is the international network of banks and other financial institutions that ‘launder’ the cartel’s $558 billion per year in gross revenue… Action by governments against the drug bankers could rapidly shut down Dope, Inc..”– DOPE, INC., Executive Intelligence Review, 1992

“New York and London have become the world’s two biggest laundries of criminal and drug money, and offshore tax havens. Not the Cayman Islands, not the Isle of Man or Jersey. The big laundering is right through the City of London and Wall Street.”– Martin Woods, bank money laundering investigator, to the Observer newspaper in 2011

“The drug “industry” is … under the control of a single world network.
… The drug-related illegal economy is the biggest business in the world.
… The British monarchy organized most of the Far East to conform to the drug traffic.
… The Anglo-Dutch “offshore” banking system and related precious metals and gems trade were designed around illegal money.
… The world drug traffic is a top-down operation under the immediate control of the British and allied monarchies.”www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”

“A large share of the multibillion dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking system. Most of the large international banks together with their affiliates in the offshore banking havens launder large amounts of narco-dollars.”– Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis”

“The drug “industry” is run as a single integrated world operation, from the opium poppy to the nickel bag of heroin sold on an inner-city street corner. Not only is illegal drug traffic under the control of a single world network, but opiates traffic in particular is without doubt the best-controlled production and distribution system of any commodity in international trade, illegal or legal.” www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”

“Drug money is an inherent part of the American and world economy. The amount of profit generated annually by the drug trade is somewhere around $700 billion. This figure includes heroin, opium, morphine, marijuana, cocaine, crack cocaine and hallucinogens.
… The International Drug Trade is the most highly organized, top-down political machinery in the world, enjoying the protection of every political entity Britain and the US have created through these vast invisible earnings.– Daniel Estulin in his book “Shadow Masters”

“The global drugs trade controlled by British intelligence is worth at least 500 billion a year. This is more than the global oil trade. The economy in Britain and America is totally dependent on this drug money.”– James Casbolt in his article “MI-6 Are The Lords of the Global Drug Trade”

“The Eastern Liberal Establishment families of the United States were just as deeply involved in the China opium trade as were the British, indeed they still are.”– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“If the world offshore banking sector appears to run as a single operation under British monarchy control, that is because the same group of people who run it also run the opium traffic whose proceeds this banking sector was created to handle.” www.bibliotecapleyades.net – How the Drug Empire Works

“Drugs are big business, run, controlled and protected by very powerful people who work alongside leading banking institutions on both sides of the Atlantic, members of various governments and principal corporations whose stock is traded on the world’s leading stock exchange.”– Daniel Estulin in his book “Shadow Masters”

“In the late 1990s the U.S. Department of Justice estimated that the proceeds of narcotics trade entering the U.S. banking system were between $500 and $1,000 billion annually… If the banking system earns a fee of 1% for handling, then the profits for the banks from narcotic activity is in the region of $5 to $10 billion.”– Dr. John Coleman in his book “Beyond The Conspiracy: Unmasking the Invisible World Government The Committee of 300”

“Hong Kong was set up by the British as a center for the drug trade, and remains to this day purely British, and purely a center for the drug trade.” from the book “DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992

“America is run by 300 families and England is run by 100 families and these families are intertwined through marriage, companies, banks, not to mention ties to the Black Nobility, Freemasonry, the Order of St. John of Jerusalem and so on. These are the people who, through their surrogates, find ways to protect huge shipments of heroin from Hong Kong, Turkey, Iran and Pakistan and ensure they reach the market places in the U.S. and Western Europe with the minimum cost of doing business.”

– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“The best-protected institutions of the British oligarchy prefer to launder their dirty money through Caribbean, Hong Kong, and similar branch operations, rather than in London itself.” www.bibliotecapleyades.net – How the Drug Empire Works

“If governments really wanted to eradicate the vile drug trade, they could make laws that would oblige manufacturers of acetic anhydride, the most essential chemical in the manufacture of heroin, to keep meticulous records showing who buys the chemical, for what purpose and where it is going. But such unilateral action on the part of any maverick government would greatly displease the oligarchic families of Europe and the United States Establishment because these people are earning hundreds of billions of dollars each year from the drug trade.”

Daniel Estulin in his book “Shadow Masters”

“American banks are collectively the world’s largest financial beneficiary of the drug trade.”
Jesse Ventura in his book “American Conspiracies: Lies, Lies, and More Dirty Lies that the Government Tells Us”

“The Eastern Liberal Establishment families of the United States were just as deeply involved in the China opium trade as were the British oligarchy, indeed they still are.”
John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“The British pre-eminence makes the world picture of offshore banking and dirty money more comprehensible. If the world offshore banking sector appears to run as a single operation under British monarchy control, that is because the same group of people who run it also run the opium traffic whose proceeds this banking sector was created to handle.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net – How the Drug Empire Works

“To the oligarchs and plutocrats of the Committee of 300, drugs have a two-fold purpose, firstly to bring in colossal sums of money and secondly, to eventually turn a major part of the population into mindless drug zombies who will be easier to control than people who don’t need drugs. Punishment for rebellion will mean withholding of supplies of heroin, cocaine, marijuana, etc. For this it is necessary to legalize drugs so that a monopoly system, which has been readied for introduction once severe economic conditions cause drug usage to proliferate as hundreds of thousands of permanently jobless workers turn to drugs for solace.
In one of the Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA) top secret papers, the scenario is laid out as follows: ‘Having been failed by Christianity, and with unemployment on every hand, those who have been without jobs for five years or more will turn away from the church and seek solace in drugs. That is when full control of the drug trade must be completed in order that the governments of all countries who are under our jurisdiction will have a monopoly which we will control through supply…. Drug bars will take care of the unruly and the discontent, would be revolutionaries will be turned into harmless addicts with no will of their own’.”
John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“The British Crown Colony of Hong Kong, with the British Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation (HSBC) at the top, is considered the number-one money-laundering center for the heroin trade … Illegal drugs are the biggest business in the Far East -and close to being the biggest business in the world – but in Hong Kong, drugs do not merely dominate the economy: They are the economy.”
DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992

“In 2009, the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime reported that billions of dollars in drug money saved the major banks during the financial crisis, providing much-needed liquidity.”
Andrew Gavin Marshall

“[Drug money was] the only liquid investment capital” available to banks on the brink of collapse, with roughly $325 billion in drug money absorbed by the financial system. Without identifying specific countries or banks, Costa stated that, “Inter-bank loans were funded by money that originated from the drugs trade and other illegal activities… There were signs that some banks were rescued that way.”
Antonio Maria Costa, the head of the UN Office on Drugs and Crime, 2009

“From Colombia to Miami, from the Golden Triangle to the Golden Gate, from Hong Kong to New York, from Bogota to Frankfurt, the drug trade, and more especially the heroin trade, is big business and it is run from the top down by some of the most “untouchable” families in the world… It is not a street corner business, and it takes a great deal of money and expertise to keep it flowing smoothly.
… It is, in fact, the largest single enterprise in the world today, transcending all others. That it is protected from the top down is borne out by the fact that, like international terrorism, it cannot be stamped out which should indicate to a reasonable person that some of this biggest names in royal circles, the oligarchy, the plutocracy are running it, even if it is done through intermediaries.”
John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank [HSBC] and related companies finance the opium trade. In this, they are acting as designated agents of the British monarchy, through the Royal Institute of International Affairs.
The world illegal drug traffic is controlled by a single group of men whose intimate ties of ownership, family, and political collaboration go back 200 years.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”

“The large international banks that finance the drug trade, get it and launder it, using it to prop up their bankrupt international financial system.”
DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992

“The mafia and the CIA are the same group at the upper levels. In Britain, the MI-6 drug money is laundered through the Bank of England, Barclays Bank and other household name companies. The drug money is passed from account to account until its origins are lost in a huge web of transactions.
The drug money comes out ‘cleaner’ but not totally clean. Diamonds are then bought with this money from the corrupt diamond business families like the Oppenheimers.
These diamonds are then sold and the drug money is clean.”
James Casbolt

“Under U.S. law, banks must report all cash deposits of $10,000 or more. Traffickers have turned to high cash-turnover businesses – such as hotels, casinos, restaurants, and sports events-to launder their money. Since banks don’t have to report deposits made by these businesses, drug profits are simply mixed in with legal cash flows.
Cash is also frequently shipped out of the United States. Often planes which fly cocaine into the U.S., fly back loaded with $20, $50, and $100 bills. The bills can then either be deposited directly in offshore banking centers – where no questions are asked -or in remote bank branches in the drug-producing countries. These funds are then wire-transferred out to the offshore banks, into secret accounts where there is no government supervision.”
DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992

“Cocaine is indeed clearly the most profitable article of trade in the world.”
Economist magazine, August 1989

“Some of the world’s leading private financial institutions are deeply implicated in the witting laundering of hundreds of billions of dollars a year in illegal dope money… [Illegal drugs are] the largest commodity in international trade, with the exception of petroleum, and the annual revenues of the narcotics traffic exceed[s] the national product of most of the world’s nations, and the revenues of the largest multinational companies.”
DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992

“In the half century since the Korean War the United States has been involved in four major wars in the Third World: in Vietnam (1961-1975), in the Persian Gulf (1990-1991), in Colombia (1991-present), and in Afghanistan (2001-2002).’ All four wars were fought in or near significant oil-producing areas. All four involved reliance on proxies who were also major international drug traffickers. The American habit of training, arming, and financing its drug-trafficking allies in order to help secure oil resources abroad has been a major factor in the huge increase in global illicit drug trafficking since World War II.”
Peter Dale Scott, 2003

“The drug activities of the US – and the US-led NATO – are tightly linked with the NATO expansion and the creation of US military bases in the protectorates established along the drug-trafficking and pipeline routes. The best example is the supervised state of Kosovo used by drug lords to relay narcotics from Afghanistan to Europe via the Balkan route. The Albanian drug mafia’s throughput is estimated at four to six tons of heroin of the Afghan origin monthly, the annual revenues being as high as $2 billion. According to the UN, Europe which is the key market for Afghan opiates absorbs up to 150 tons of heroin annually, with 35-50 tons going to Russia. The Albanian mafia is responsible for 75% of heroin supplies to West Europe and 50% – to the US.”
Elena Ponomareva

“All empires since the Renaissance have been driven by the search for foreign resources, and nearly all-including the British, the French, and the Dutch-used drugs as a cheap way to pay for overseas expansion. When the United States decided to preserve Western influence in Southeast Asia, it inherited a social structure of former colonial regimes that had coexisted in one way or other with powerful Chinese Triads engaged in the drug traffic.”
Peter Dale Scott, 2003

“Shipments of cocaine are sometimes interdicted and seized. That is mere window dressing. Often times the shipments seized belong to a new organization trying to break into the trade. Such competition is put out of business by informing the authorities exactly where it is going to enter the U.S. and who the owners are. The big stuff is never touched; heroin is too expensive.”
John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“The United States has become more and more committed to exclusive domination of the world oil economy, both to secure its increasing oil needs and to preclude this power from passing into the hands of anyone else. The consistent U.S. recourse to actions that have built up the global drug traffic raises an analogous question: Did the United States seek to maintain control over the global drug economy to ensure that its riches would strengthen the U.S. economy and to deny them to communist enemies?”
– Peter Dale Scott, 2003

“The U.S. military intervention in Afghanistan in 2001 was accompanied by restoration of opium for the world market, a recreation of what happened with the earlier U.S. intervention of 1979-1980, and before that with the U.S. intervention in Indochina after 1959, and in Southeast Asia in 1950.”
– Peter Dale Scott, 2003

“Nothing has changed in the opium-heroin-cocaine trade. It is still run by the same “upper class” families in Britain and the United States. It is still a fabulously profitable trade where what seem to be big losses through seizures by the authorities are written off in paneled boardrooms in New York, Hong Kong and London over port and cigars as merely the cost of doing business.”– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“The strengthening of the global narcotics traffic has fueled other smuggling and related criminal activities, leading to the consolidation of an international criminal milieu. Chinese Triads, Japanese Yakuza, Russian gangs, and the Mafias of Italy, America, and Colombia have now combined into a “worldwide criminal consortium.”
– Peter Dale Scott, 2003

“The drug “industry” is run as a single integrated world operation, from the opium poppy to the nickel bag of heroin sold on an inner-city street corner. Not only is illegal drug traffic under the control of a single world network, but opiates traffic in particular is without doubt the best-controlled production and distribution system of any commodity in international trade, illegal or legal.
… The drug-related illegal economy is the biggest business in the world.
… The British monarchy organized most of the Far East to conform to the drug traffic.
… The Anglo-Dutch “offshore” banking system and related precious metals and gems trade were designed around illegal money.
… The world drug traffic is a top-down operation under the immediate control of the British and allied monarchies.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”
“The heroin epidemic that ravaged our cities during the fifties and sixties originated with the CIA out of Southeast Asia. Almost from the moment of their founding in 1947, the CIA was giving covert support to organized drug traffickers in Europe and the Far East, and eventually the Middle East and Latin America. During the Vietnam War, heroin was being smuggled into this country in the bodies of soldiers being flown home.”
– Jesse Ventura in the book “American Conspiracies”

“In my 30-year history in the Drug Enforcement Administration and related agencies, the major targets of my investigations almost invariably turned out to be working for the CIA.”
– Dennis Dayle, a forms DEA agent in the Middle East

“A huge chunk of international banking and related financial operations have been created solely to manage dirty money.
… The Anglo-Dutch banking operations control illegal drug and related trade.
… The Anglo-Dutch oligarchy’s banking operations have the following qualifications:
They have run the drug trade for a century and a half.
They dominate those banking centers closed off to law enforcement agencies.
Almost all such “offshore,” unregulated banking centers are under the direct political control of the British and Dutch monarchies and their allies.
They dominate all banking at the heart of the narcotics traffic; the Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank, created in 1864 to finance the drug trade, is exemplary.
They control world trade in gold and diamonds, a necessary aspect of “hard commodity” exchange for drugs.
They subsume the full array of connections to organized crime, the pro-drug legislative lobby in the USA, and all other elements of distribution, protection, and legal support.
www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”

“Drug trafficking constitutes the third biggest global commodity in cash terms after oil and the arms trade. Supported by powerful interests, heroin is a multibillion-dollar business, which requires a steady and secure commodity flow. One of the hidden objectives of the war In Afghanistan was effectively to restore the CIA sponsored drug trade to its historical levels and exert direct control over the drug routes.”
Michel Chossudovsky in his book ” America’s War on Terrorism”

“Britain has been involved in the China opium trade for over two centuries. No one is going to be so foolish as to rock the boat when millions upon millions of dollars flow into the bank accounts of the British oligarchists, and more gold is traded on the Hong Kong gold market than the combined total traded in London and New York.”
John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300”

“The global narcotics market is estimated by the UN to be of the order of $400-500 billion a year.”
Michel Chossudovsky in his book ” America’s War on Terrorism”

“The main heroin supply routes from the NATO-dominated Afghanistan [are a] land heroin route through Turkey, Bulgaria, Kosovo or Bosnia, [and a] maritime heroin route via Mediterranean trade lines to the island of Corsica.
… How many tons of heroin were intercepted on merchant vessels in Mediterranean during more than ten years of the operation Active Endeavour? … Not a single gram… In 2003-2009 155 merchant vessels were boarded and checked by NATO inspection teams. They did not find anything.
… Why is NATO is wasting stupendous resources on a purposeless operation [Operation Active Endeavor]? The answer is evident: both NATO’s International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) and Active Endeavour are perfectly complying with their real mission: to ensure total control over production, transportation and distribution of illegal drugs.”
www.voltairenet.org, 2012

“Intelligence agencies and powerful business syndicates, which are allied with organized crime, are competing for the strategic control over the heroin routes. The multi-billion dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking system. Most of the large international banks, together with their affiliates in the offshore banking havens, launder large amounts of narco-dollars.
This trade can only prosper if the main actors involved in narcotics have “political friends in high places”. Legal and illegal undertakings are increasingly intertwined; the dividing line between “business people” and criminals is blurred.”
Michel Chossudovsky in his book ” America’s War on Terrorism”

“The real reason that the drug problem is not eradicated is because it is being run by the highest families in the entire world as part of a coordinated gigantic money-making machine.
… The plutocracy controlling British banks held the purse strings and then, as now, put up a most respectable facade to cover their true business. No one ever caught them with dirtied hands. They always had front men, even as they do today, willing to take the blame if things went awry. Then as now the connections with the drug trade were tenuous at best. No one was ever able to lay a finger on the respectable and “noble” banking families of Britain.”
John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

EUROPEAN DYNASTIC FAMILIES OLD MONEY, GLOBAL POWER

There are ten monarchies remaining in Europe today. They have enormous wealth and power dating back to the Middle Ages, and are part of the Plutocracy Cartel.

“At the center of oligarchy is the idea that certain families are born to rule as an arbitrary elite, while the vast majority of any given population is condemned to oppression, serfdom, or slavery. Oligarchs identify wealth purely in money terms, and practice usury, monetarism, and looting. The oligarchy has believed for millennia that the Earth is overpopulated.
The essence of oligarchism is summed up in the idea of the empire, in which an elite identifying itself as a master race rules over a degraded mass of slaves or other oppressed victims. If oligarchical methods are allowed to dominate human affairs, they always create a breakdown crisis of civilization, with economic depression, war, famine, plague, and pestilence. A pillar of the oligarchical system is the family fortune. The continuity of the family fortune which earns money through usury and looting is often more important than the biological continuity across generations of the family that owns the fortune.”– “The Venetian Black Nobility and the Concept of Oligarchy” an article by Dr. Webster Griffin Tarpley & James Higham

“By the early 1930’s, the British Crown had a stranglehold on the biggest supplies of gold and diamonds ever found in the world. Now, the Committee of 300 had at its disposal both the vast fortune coming from the drug trade and the equally vast fortune of the mineral and metal wealth of South Africa. Financial control of the world was complete.”– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“European dynastic families constitute a financial oligarchy; they are the power behind the Windsor throne [Britain]. They view themselves as the heirs to the Venetian oligarchy, which infiltrated and subverted England from the period 1509-1715, and established a new, more virulent, Anglo-Dutch-Swiss strain of the oligarchic system of imperial Babylon, Persia, Rome, and Byzantium.”– Jeffrey Steinberg, 2004

“The British East India Company/British government held the monopoly in opium trading – the only people allowed to make instant fortunes were the nobility, the aristocracy, the plutocrats and oligarchical families of England.”– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“The Swedish Nobel and French Rothschild families discovered oil in Russia through their Far East Trading Company, which later combined with Oppenheimer family interests to become Shell Oil. The Dutch House of Orange joined forces with the British House of Windsor in the Dutch East Indies to launch Royal Dutch Petroleum.”

Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“Queen Elizabeth II, head of state of the United Kingdom and of 31 other states and territories, is the legal owner of about 6,600 million acres of land, one sixth of the earth’s non-ocean surface. She is the only person on earth who owns whole countries. The value of her land holding is approximately $28,000,000,000,000. This makes her the richest individual on earth.”

Kevin Cahill

“The European Black Nobility is responsible for the insidious entanglements of numerous secret societies, lodges, and organizations, which are backed with high finance and powerful political connections.
Such organizations include: Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group (German version of CFR), Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), United Nations (founded by CFR), Illuminati order Skull & Bones (inner circle of the CFR), International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank, Bank of International Settlement, Club of Rome, Chatham House (formally the Royal Institute of International Affairs _ RIIA), Round Table, Tavistock Institute for Human Studies (England’s psychological warfare think tank), Associated Press, Reuters (Rothschild owned news monopoly used for brainwashing the masses), and many others, all of which, whether they are dupes or adapts, work in favor of Great Britain’s aristocracy and their one world government agenda. Although there is a wide cross-section, all roads lead to the Queen of England.”

John Colman, 2012

“The British royal family rules the world, but they do not rule it alone. There are at least three other actors: central banks, the legacy of Cecil Rhodes, and the immense financial power of the biggest international banking family, the Rothschilds.”

Joan Veon

“The British Crown, i.e., the Royal Family, joined the British East India Company’s trade, and used it as a vehicle to produce opium in Bengal, and elsewhere in India, controlling exports through what was called “transit duties,” that is, the Crown levied a tax on all producers of opium duly registered with the state authority, who were sending their opium to China.
Prior to 1896, when the opium trade was still “illegal”- there never having been the slightest attempt to stop the trade – colossal amounts of opium were shipped out of India on board “China Tea Clippers” which supposedly carried chests of tea from India and China to the London exchanges.”– John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300: A Brief History of World Power”

“Royal Dutch/Shell is controlled by the Rothschild, Oppenheimer, Nobel and Samuel families along with the British House of Windsor and the Dutch House of Orange.”– Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The Black Nobility are the oligarchic families of Venice and Genoa, who in the 12th century held privileged trading rights (monopolies). The first of three crusades, from 1063 to 1123, established the power of the Venetian Black Nobility and solidified the power of the wealthy ruling class. In 1204 the oligarchic families parceled out feudal enclaves to their members, and from this date, they built up power until government became a closed corporation of the leading Black Nobility families.
The European Black Nobility is responsible for the insidious entanglements of numerous secret societies and organizations, which are backed with high finance and powerful political connections. Such organizations include: Trilateral Commission, Bilderberg Group, Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), United Nations, International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank, Bank of International Settlements (BIS), Club of Rome, Chatham House, and many others. Present day European Black Nobility families are connected with the House of Guelph, one of the original Black Nobility families of Venice from which the House of Windsor and thus
the present Queen of the United Kingdom Elizabeth II descends.”– John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300: A Brief History of World Power”

“During the Middle Ages, European power centers coalesced into two camps: the Ghibellines and the Guelphs. The Pope then allied himself with the Guelphs against the Ghibellines resulting in their victory. All of modern history stems directly from the struggle between these two powers. The Guelphs were also called the Black Guelphs and Black Nobility. Every subsequent coup d’état, revolution and war has centered in the battle of the Guelphs to hold and enhance their power, which is now the World Order. The power of the Guelphs grew through their control of banking and international trade.”– Dr. Webster Griffin Tarpley & James Higham in their book “The Venetian Black Nobility and the Concept of Oligarchy”

“Every British monarch since 1729 has benefited immensely from the drug trade.”– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“There is a vast network of private financial interests, controlled by the leading aristocratic and royal families of Europe.
A secret cross-linked vast holding of private financial interests, tied to the told aristocratic oligarchy of Western Europe, was developed (Club of the Isles). It was in many ways modeled on the 17th-century British or Dutch East India Company models.
The center of this Club of the Isles is the financial center of the old British Empire, the “City of London”.”– William Engdahl , Executive Intelligence Review, April 1997

“Dope = Big Business and Big Business is done by the oligarchical families of Europe and the United States Eastern Liberal Establishment. The drug business is not a Mafia operation, nor one run by the Colombian cocaine cartels. The noble families of Britain and America’s top people are not going to advertise their role in the shop windows; they always have a layer of front men to do the dirty work.”– John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“George Soros is merely the visible face of a vast network of private financial interests, controlled by the leading aristocratic and royal families of Europe.”– William Engdahl , Executive Intelligence Review, 1997

FEDERAL RESERVE AMERICA’S PRIVATE BANKING CARTEL

These private banks own the most shares of the Federal Reserve and therefore control it.
ROTHSCHILD BANK OF LONDON
ROTHSCHILD BANK OF BERLIN
WARBURG BANK OF HAMBURG
WARBURG BANK OF AMSTERDAM
LAZARD BROTHERS OF PARIS
ISRAEL MOSES SEIF BANK OF ITALY
KUHN LOEB BANK OF NEW YORK
GOLDMAN SACHS OF NEW YORK
J. P. MORGAN CHASE BANK OF NEW YORK
LEHMAN BROTHERS OF NEW YORK

“The establishment of the Federal Reserve (1913) ensured that the United States would become indebted to and owned by international banking interests, and thus, act in their interest. The Fed financed the US role in World War I, provided the credit for speculation, which led to the Great Depression and massive consolidation for the interests that own the Federal Reserve System. It then financed US entry into World War II.”

Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“Eight families – only four of which reside in the US. – have 80% ownership of the New York Federal Reserve Bank, by far the most powerful Fed branch. They are the Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers, Lehmans and Kuhn Loebs of New York; the Rothschild’s of Paris and London; the Lazards of Paris; and the Israel Moses Seifs of Rome.”

“The Federal Reserve is commonly called the “Fed,” confusing it with the U.S. government; but it is actually a private corporation. It is owned by a consortium of private banks, the biggest of which are Citibank and J. P. Morgan Chase Company.”

Ellen Hodgson Brown in her book “Web of Debt”

“Some people think the Federal Reserve banks are United States Government institutions. They are not government institutions. They are private credit monopolies which prey upon the people of the United States for the benefit of themselves and their foreign customers. The Federal Reserve banks are the agents of the foreign central banks.”

Louis McFadden. chairman of the House Banking and Currency Committee, addressed the House of Representatives on June 10, 1932

“The Federal Reserve Banks create money out of thin air to buy Government bonds from the United States Treasury, lending money into circulation at interest, by bookkeeping entries… Where does the Federal Reserve system get the money with which to create Bank Reserves? Answer. It doesn’t get the money, it creates it. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money. The Federal Reserve is a total moneymaking machine.”

Congressman Wright Patman House Banking and Currency Committee, 1964

“The shareholders of the banks which own the stock of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York are the people who have controlled our political and economic destinies since 1914. They are the Rothschilds, of Europe, Lazard Freres, Israel Sieff, Kuhn Loeb Company, Warburg Company, Lehman Brothers, Goldman Sachs, the Rockefeller family, and the J.P. Morgan interests.”

Eustace Mullins in his book “The Secrets of the Federal Reserve”

“Here are the card-carrying shareholders in the `Federal’ Reserve Corporation: Rothschild Banks of London and Berlin, Lazard Brothers Bank of Paris, Isreal, Moses Sieff Banks Of Italy, Warburg Bank of Hamburg and Amsterdam, Lehman Brothers Bank of New York, Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York, Chase Manhattan Bank of New York, Goldman Sachs Bank of New York.”

Miles Franklin Newsletter

“When the federal government needs more money, the Federal Reserve does not merely create and print it as it would do were it a government agency. No, the Federal Reserve creates it as a loan and charges the government interest on it.”

U.S. State Senator Jack Metcalf (R-WA)

“The Federal Reserve controls our money supply and interest rates, and thereby manipulates the entire economy – creating inflation or deflation, recession or boom, and sending the stock market up or down at whim… Between 1923 and 1929, the Federal Reserve expanded (inflated) the money supply by sixty-two percent. Much of this new money was used to bid the stock market up to dizzying heights. In 1929, the Federal Reserve Board reversed its easy money policy and began raising the discount rate. The balloon which had been inflated constantly for nearly seven years was about to be exploded.”

Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“The American central bank (the Fed or the Federal Reserve System) is an institution that is entrusted to regulate banks and other financial institutions, but it is partly owned by the large money center banks. It is in a perpetual conflict of interests. In fact, it can be said that the Fed is the banks’ own private government. In good times, large Wall Street banks, bank holding companies and other large integrated financial groups are pretty much left alone and allowed to build profitable but risky and shaky financial pyramids, with scant supervision. When things go bad, however, the Fed stands ready to bail them out with automatic discounting, zero-interest loans and other goodies, the overall cost being transferred to the general public through an inflation tax and a debased currency.”

Professor Rodrigue Tremblay

“The establishment of the Federal Reserve (1913) ensured that the United States would become indebted to and owned by international banking interests, and thus, act in their interest.”

Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“The Federal Reserve System is a privately owned central bank. While the Federal Reserve Board is a government body, the process of money creation is controlled by the twelve Federal Reserve banks, which are privately owned. The shareholders of the Federal Reserve banks (with the New York Federal Reserve Bank playing a dominant role) are among America’s most powerful financial institutions.”

Michel Chossudovsky

“The Chairman of the Federal Reserve has one essential mandate: to preserve the power of the big banks.”

F. William Engdahl

“To cover the fact that a central bank is merely a cartel which has been legalized, its proponents had to lay down a thick smoke screen of technical jargon focusing always on how it would supposedly benefit commerce, the public, and the nation… there was not the slightest glimmer that underneath it all, was a master plan which was designed from top to bottom to serve private interests at the expense of the public… the system is merely a cartel with a government facade… The Federal Reserve is a scam, and we are its victims.”

G. Edward Griffin

“There is no reason why the banks should be in control of the Federal Reserve system.”

Senator Robert Owen, 1913

“In the early 20th century, European and American banking interests achieved what they had desired for over a century within America, the creation of a privately owned central bank [Federal Reserve – 1913]. It was created through collaboration of American and European bankers, primarily the Morgans, Rockefellers, Kuhn, Loebs and Warburgs.”

Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“All public debt operations go through the Federal Reserve, which is in charge of monetary policy, acting on behalf of private financial interests. The government as such has no authority over money creation. This means that public debt operations essentially serve the interests of the banks.”

Michel Chossudovsky

“The financial system has been turned over to the Federal Reserve Board. That Board administers the finance system by authority of a purely profiteering group. The system is Private, conducted for the sole purpose of obtaining the greatest possible profits from the use of other people’s money.”

Congressman Charles A. Lindbergh, Sr., 1923

“The regional Federal Reserve banks are not government agencies. … but are independent, privately owned and locally controlled corporations.”

US Supreme Court ruling – Lewis vs. United States, 1982

“When you or I write a check there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the check, but when the Federal Reserve writes a check there is no bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money.”

“Putting it simply” Boston Federal Reserve Bank

“We have, in this country, one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever known. I refer to the Federal Reserve Board. This evil institution has impoverished the people of the United States and has practically bankrupted our government. It has done this through the corrupt practices of the moneyed vultures who control it.”

Congressman Louis T. McFadden in 1932

“When the President signs this act [Federal Reserve Act of 1913], the invisible government by the money power – proven to exist by the Monetary Trust Investigation – will be legalized. The new law will create inflation whenever the trusts want inflation. From now on, depressions will be scientifically created.”

Congressman Charles A. Lindbergh, Sr., 1912

“For most of the twentieth century the Federal Reserve System, particularly the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (which is outside the control of Congress, unaudited and uncontrolled, with the power to print money and create credit at will), has exercised a virtual monopoly over the direction of the American economy.”

Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler”

“When the Federal Reserve Act was passed, the people of these United States did not perceive that a world banking system was being set up here. A super state controlled by international bankers and international industrialists acting together to enslave the world for their own pleasure. Every effort has been made to conceal its power but the truth is the Fed has usurped the government.”

Congressman Louis Mcfadden

“What the people of the United States do not understand and never have understood is that while the Federal Reserve Act was governmental, the whole Federal Reserve System is private. It is an officially created private banking system.
… The Federal Reserve System is a system of private banks, the creation of a banking aristocracy within an already existing autocracy, whereby a great proportion of banking independence was lost, and whereby it was made possible for speculative financiers to centralize great sums of money for their own purposes, beneficial or not.”

Dearborn Independent, July 2, 1921

“When the President signs this act [Federal Reserve Act of 1913], the invisible government by the money power – proven to exist by the Monetary Trust Investigation will be legalized. The new law will create inflation whenever the trusts want inflation. From now on, depressions will be scientifically created.”

Congressman Charles A. Lindbergh, Sr., 1912

“The Federal Reserve … controls our monetary policy. By changing the supply of dollars in circulation, they have influence over interest rates, mortgage payments, whether the financial markets boom or collapse, and basically whether our economy expands or stumbles. But the Fed is only partly an institution of government. The stockholders in a dozen different Federal Reserve banks in different regions of the country are the big private banks.
The Federal Reserve was created by Congress in 1913, after a financial panic that led to a secret meeting at banker J.P. Morgan’s private resort, off the coast of Georgia at a place called Jekyll Island.
… What emerged was a cartel agreement with five objectives: stop the growing competition from the nation’s newer banks; obtain a franchise to create money out of nothing for the purpose of lending; get control of the reserves of all banks so that the more reckless ones would not be exposed to currency drains and bank runs; get the taxpayer to pick up the cartel’s inevitable losses; and convince Congress that the purpose was to protect the public. It was realized that the bankers would have to become partners with the politicians and that the structure of the cartel would have to be a central bank.”

Jesse Ventura in the book “American Conspiracies”

“For most of the twentieth century the Federal Reserve System, particularly the Federal Reserve Bank of New York – which is outside the control of Congress, unaudited and uncontrolled, with the power to print money and create credit at will – has exercised a virtual monopoly over the direction of the American economy.”

Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler”

“There are six major banks in the U.S. at the present time, and they control most of the stock of the Federal Reserve System. The Rockefeller family has large blocks of stock in two of the major banks: J.P. Morgan Chase and Citigroup. The Rothschild family has a controlling interest in two major banks and significant holdings in the other major banks through the Barclay Bank and the State Street Bank. Why is that important? Two families control the major banks, the major banks control the FED, and the FED controls the U.S. economy.”
Stanley Monteith

“40% of every dollar we spend on goods and services is siphoned off the top as bank interest. The US Government is in the absurd position of paying interest to a private bank for every dollar that is put into circulation. The Federal Reserve system has privatized the power to create money, which, according to the Constitution, ought to belong to Congress alone. Presently, interest on the national debt costs the Federal government $500 billion in 2011, and, it is the fastest-growing portion of the Federal budget.”
Josh Mitteldorf – first Public Banking in America conference April 28-29, Philadelphia

“Through their front man E. Mandell House … Jacob Schiff, the top Rothschild front in the United States, and Bernard Baruch, the Wall Street manipulator, the Money Monopolists selected Woodrow Wilson and financed his campaign for the presidency of the United States in 1912.
… On December 23, 1913, when most of our nation’s lawmakers had left Washington for their Christmas vacations, the Money Monopolists rammed through the Federal Reserve Act which left our nation’s money and credit supply firmly in the hands of the Rothschild-controlled international bankers.
… The same “money power” also financed the campaign for the introduction of the income tax. This Act was not designed to make the wealthy pay for the running of the country. Its specific purpose was to become “a siphon … inserted in the pocketbooks of the general public”.”
Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“When the federal government needs more money, the Federal Reserve does not merely create and print it as it would do were it a government agency. No, the Federal Reserve creates it as a loan and charges the government interest on it.”
State Senator Jack Metcalf (R-WA)

“We have in this country one of the most corrupt institutions the world has ever known I refer to the Federal Reserve.
They are not government institutions. They are private monopolies which prey upon the people of these United States for the benefit of themselves and their foreign customers.
… The truth is the Fed has usurped the government. It controls everything here [Congress] and it controls all foreign relations. It makes and breaks governments at will.”
Congressman Louis T. McFadden, Chairman of the House Banking and Currency Committee

“There is evidence that strongly suggests that President John F. Kennedy was on the verge of attacking the debt/usury problem head on with a repudiation of Federal Reserve Notes – and that he paid for it with his life.
Immediately after Kennedy’s assassination, the issuance of non-interest bearing United States Notes [greenbacks] was banned. Within weeks, undisputed control of our nation’s financial affairs was handed over to the privately owned Federal Reserve Corporation by the new Johnson administration .”
Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“The Congress handed over all monetary powers to the Federal Reserve in 1913. The Fed is a private bank, owned by banks, and pays dividends on its shares owned only by banks. The Fed is a private Bankers Bank.
… The Fed has a legal monopoly of money granted by Congress in 1913 proceedings that were unconstitutional and fraudulent.
… The Congress has never investigated the Federal Reserve and is highly unlikely to do so. No one sees Fed accounts; they are not audited. No balance sheets are issued. No one, but no one, ever criticizes the Fed and survives.”
Antony Sutton in his book “The Federal Reserve Conspiracy”, 1995

“The powers of financial capitalism [international bankers] had a far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements [BIS] in Basel, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world’s central banks which were themselves private corporations.”
Carroll Quigley “Tragedy and Hope”

“Financial markets acting like a global supra-government oust entrenched regimes where normal political processes could not do so. They force austerity, banking bail-outs and other major policy changes. Their influence dwarfs multilateral institutions such as the International Monetary Fund. Indeed, leaving aside unusable nuclear weapons, they have become the most powerful force on earth. They oust entrenched regimes where normal political processes could not do so. They force austerity, banking bail-outs and other major policy changes. Their influence dwarfs multilateral institutions such as the International Monetary Fund. Indeed, leaving aside unusable nuclear weapons, they have become the most powerful force on earth.”
Roger Altman, former Deputy Secretary of the Treasury under the Clinton administration, 2011

“American history over the 19th century had been driven an increasingly powerful cartel of financial elites and the large industrial trusts they controlled [The Money Trust]. Their interests, rather than the interests of the nation and the population as a whole, defined the strategic priorities of that powerful cartel. Their overwhelming control of the national media allowed their propaganda experts to portray their interests as ‘America’s interests.’ Most Americans, wanting to think the best of their country, bought the propaganda.
… Their economic model was that of the British East India Company or, more accurately, of the Barbary pirates, looting and plundering to exhaustion one region after the next to prop up their empire, leaving behind as little of value as possible. For the Rockefellers … the entire world was considered their ‘frontier.’ By portraying their mission after 1948 as a Cold War fought by ‘American democracy’ against ‘Godless Communism’ they gave the cause of advancing American interests a messianic religious cover that was astonishingly effective for decades.”
F. William Engdahl in his book “Gods of Money: Wall Street and the Death of the American Century”

“Today it is widely recognized that, faced with an asset bubble, the capitalist state has little choice but to do what it can to maintain the bubble for as long as possible, and to keep asset prices rising. In a stagnating economy, financialization is the name of the game, and a financial meltdown is conceived as the worst eventuality. Pricking the bubble is seldom considered by the financial authorities, and then never seriously. The job of the Fed in this respect is thus restricted to preventing a bursting bubble from becoming a major meltdown, by speeding to the rescue of speculative capital whenever there is a risk of system-wide instability.”
John Bellamy Foster and Hannah Holleman

“The power elite of free-market global capitalism is remarkably easy to describe. Although it looks like a hierarchy, it is in fact a network. At the network’s centre are the people who run banks, insurance companies, investment banks and hedge funds, including those who sit on the boards and those who have passed through them at the highest level … Closely overlapping with this network is the military-diplomatic establishment. Another tight circle comprises those companies in the energy and civil engineering business.”
Paul Mason, economics editor of BBC Newsnight, 2009

“Countries that do not follow the dictates of the “financial market” are punished with lower credit ratings, higher interest, speculative attacks, and in the cases of Greece and Italy in November of 2011, their democratically-elected governments are simply removed and replaced with technocratic administrations made up of bankers and economists who then push through austerity and adjustment policies that impoverish and exploit their populations… and if your elected governments do not succumb to “market discipline,” they will be removed and replaced in what _ under any other circumstances _ is referred to as a ‘coup.'”
Roger Altman, former Deputy Secretary of the Treasury, Financial Times, 2011

“The U.S. monetary system is supported by the most powerful military power on earth. The dollar is backed by U.S. military might, which constitutes a means for displacing national currencies and imposing the U.S. dollar. In this regard, the Federal Reserve’s overwhelming powers of money creation constitute an essential lever of an imperial monetary agenda.
… The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic banking network. The control of money creation at a world level constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination. The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial design is to override and destroy national currencies.”
Michel Chossudovsky in his book “The Global Economic Crisis”

“The small, but politically powerful, minority of financiers and industrialists is interested in various forms of economic imperialism. By a judicious use of their resources, the capitalists of highly industrialized countries stake out claims for themselves within nominally independent countries. Those claims are then represented as being the claims of the respective nations, and the quarrels between the various financial interests concerned become quarrels between states. The peace of the world has frequently been endangered, in order that oil magnates might grow a little richer.”
Aldous Huxley, 1937

“After 1971, a White House policy was initiated, under the effective control of Henry Kissinger, to control the economies of the nations and to reduce their populations, rather than to facilitate technology transfer and industrial growth. The strategy was to force the price of the cartelized world oil up by about a factor of four, recover the Arab oil receipts back into the British and American central banks, and lend them to the Third World to acquire control over those countries. To this end, the Bilderberg group, containing the world’s top financial and political insiders, met privately in Saltsjoebaden, Sweden in May 1973 to discuss how the coming flood of oil dollars was to be handled.
… The great bulk of the petro-dollars were repatriated in purchasing U.S. government debt and in deposit accounts in Chase Manhattan, Citibank, et al. From there they were loaned to the Third World, which could not otherwise buy the fuel they needed to survive, whence many of those countries became enslaved to the bankers, and forced to follow their edicts on how to run their countries.
F William Engdahl in his book “A Century of War”

“Globalization can be seen as the triumph of capitalism: the ascendancy of economics over politics, of corporate demands over public policy, of the private over the public interest, of the transnational corporation and its global framework over the national state.”

Gary Teeple in his book “Globalization and the Decline of Social Reform”

“The shadow banking system is a black hole of unregulated (and unregulatable) financial innovations, including bank conduits (such as structured investment vehicles), repos, credit default swaps, etc. The system is so opaque and risk-permeated that any restraints imposed threaten to destabilize the whole financial house of cards. At most, the attempt is to prop up the big banks and hope that they will serve as the lynchpins to stabilize the system. Nevertheless, this is made almost impossible, due to the sheer size of the shadow banking system to which the major banks are connected: the off-balance-sheet commitments of the major U.S. commercial banks in 2007 were in the trillions of dollars.”

John Bellamy Foster and Hannah Holleman

“Financial manipulation is an integral part of the New World Order. It constitutes a powerful means to accumulate wealth. It has contributed to destabilizing the U.S. fiscal structure. Under the present political arrangement, those responsible for monetary policy are quite deliberately serving the interests of the financiers, to the detriment of working people, leading to economic dislocation, unemployment and mass poverty.
What we are dealing with is the fraudulent confiscation of lifelong savings and pension funds and the appropriation of tax revenues to finance the bank bailouts… What is at stake is then outright criminalization of the financial system, financial theft on an unprecedented scale.”
Michel Chossudovsky

“Globalization, as it has been advocated, often seems to replace the old dictatorships of national elites with new dictatorships of international finance. Countries are effectively told that if they don’t follow certain conditions, the capital markets or the IMF will refuse to lend them money. They are basically forced to give up part of their sovereignty, to let capricious capital markets, including the speculators whose only concerns are short-term rather than the long-term growth of the country and the improvement of living standards, “discipline” them, telling them what they should and should not do.”

Joseph Stiglitz in his book “Globalization and Discontents”

“Modern democracies have been around for long enough for neo-liberal capitalists to learn how to subvert them. They have mastered the technique of infiltrating the instruments of democracy – the “independent” judiciary, the “free” press, the parliament – and molding them to their purpose. The project of corporate globalization has cracked the code. Free elections, a free press, and an independent judiciary mean little when the free market has reduced them to commodities on sale to the highest bidder.”

Arundhati Roy in her book “An Ordinary Person’s Guide to Empire”

“Our global system is one of state-capitalism, where the state and corporate interests are interdependent and mutually beneficial, at least for those in power.”
Roger Altman, former Deputy Secretary of the Treasury, Financial Times, 2011

“By allowing capital to flow unchecked from one end of the world to the other, globalization and abandon of sovereignty have together fostered the explosive growth of an outlaw financial market. It is a coherent system closely linked to the expansion of modern capitalism and based on an association of three partners: governments, transnational corporations and Mafias. Business is business: financial crime is first and foremost a market, thriving and structured, ruled by supply and demand. Big business complicity and political laisse faire is the only way that largescale organized crime can launder and recycle the fabulous proceeds of its activities. And the transnational corporations need the support of governments and the neutrality of regulatory authorities in order to consolidate their positions, increase their profits, withstand and crush the competition, pull off the ‘deal of the century’ and finance their illicit operations. Politicians are directly involved and their ability to intervene, depends on the backing and the funding that keep them in power.”

Christian de Brie and Jean de Maillard, Le Monde Diplomatique, 2000

“Capital must protect itself in every way. Debts must be collected and loans and mortgages foreclosed as soon as possible. When through a process of law the common people have lost their homes, they will be more tractable and more easily governed by the strong arm of the law applied by the central power of leading financiers. People without homes will not quarrel with their leaders. This is well known among our principal men now engaged in forming an imperialism of capitalism to govern the world. By dividing the people we can get them to expend their energies in fighting over questions of no importance to us except as teachers of the common herd.”

Civil Servants’ Year Book: “The Organizer”, 1934

“By early 2000, the process of global financial deregulation was in many regards a fait accompli. Wall Street routinely invaded country after country. The domestic banking system was put on the auction block and reorganized under the surveillance of external creditors. National financial institutions were systematically destabilized and driven out of business; mass unemployment and poverty are the invariable results.”
Michel Chossudovsky

“Unfettered and unregulated capitalism is a brutal and revolutionary force that exploits human beings and the natural world until exhaustion or collapse.”

Chris Hedges

“CapitaIism, because it seeks profits as its primary goal, is never primarily seeking to achieve prosperity, high production, high consumption, political power, patriotic improvement, or moral uplift. Any of these may be achieved under capitalism, and any (or all) of them may he sacrificed and lost under capitalism, depending on this relationship to the primary goal of capitalist activity – the pursuit of profit.”

Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The advanced capitalist economies of North America and Europe are desperately trying to maintain their hegemony and economic survival by means of austerity programs which shift the burden of the depression from the wealthy financiers and speculators who created it to the poor and working class who must pay for it… The Western imperial powers seek to destroy the social safety net and drive their populations into further destitution and desperation. This is the crisis of advanced, post-industrial capitalism – an economic system which must expand the divide between rich and poor, create extremes of wealth and poverty and generally perpetuate itself on the misery and poverty of the lower classes.”

Eric Draitser, Global Research, 2013

“The engine of capitalist expansion is now oiled by the profits of serious crime.
… It is a coherent system closely linked to the expansion of modern capitalism and based on an association of three partners: governments, transnational corporations, and mafias.
… Big business complicity and political laissez faire is the only way that large-scale organized crime can launder and recycle the fabulous proceeds of its activities. And the transnationals need the support of governments and the neutrality 0f the regulatory authorities in order to consolidate their positions, increase their profits, withstand or crush the competition, pull off the “deal of the century” and finance their illicit operations. Politicians are directly involved, and their ability to intervene depends on the backing and the funding that keep them in power.
… The only objective of the anti-corruption campaigns taken up by international organizations (World Bank, IMF, and OECD) is the “good governance” of a financial crime that is now an integral part of market globalizations under the leadership of the American democracy, the most corrupt on the planet.”

Le Monde Diplomatique, 2000

“Capitalism provides very powerful motivations for economic activity because it associates economic motivations so closely with self-interest. But this same feature, which is a source of strength in providing economic motivation through the pursuit of profits, is also a source of weakness owing to the fact that so self-centered a motivation contributes very readily to a loss of economic coordination. Each individual, just because he is so powerfully motivated by self-interest, easily loses sight of the role which his own activities play in the economic system as a whole, and tends to act as if his activities were the whole, with inevitable injury to that whole.”

Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The economy is designed to self-destruct… Many people hit a proverbial wall on this issue because they simply cannot fathom that certain groups of men (globalists and central bankers) view money and economy in completely different terms than they do. The average American lives within a tiny box when it comes to the mechanics and motivations of finance. They think that their monetary desires and drives are exactly the same as a globalist’s. But, what they don’t realize is that the box they think in was built by globalists. This is why the actions of big banks and the decisions of our mostly corporate establishment run government seem so insane in the face of common sense. We try to rationalize their behavior as “idiocy”, but the reality is that their goals are highly deliberate and so far outside what we have been taught to expect that some of us lack a point of reference. If you cannot see the endgame, you will not understand the steps taken to reach it until it is too late.”

Giordano Bruno, Neithercorp Press, 2010

“The two aims of the Party are to conquer the whole surface of the earth and to extinguish once and for all the possibility of independent thought.
The capitalists owned everything in the world, and everyone else was their slave. They owned all the land, all the houses, all the factories, and all the money. If anyone disobeyed them they could throw him into prison, or they could take his job away and starve him to death.”

George Orwell in his book “1984”

“Britain and the US, the two leaders of modern global finance, are now among the most unequal societies in the developed world. In Britain 0.3 per cent of the population owns two-thirds of the land… In a UNICEF league of twenty-one industrialised nations measuring child well-being, the UK came last, marginally behind the USA.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“Capital must protect itself in every possible way, both by combination and legislation. Debts must be collected, mortgages foreclosed as rapidly as possible. When, through the process of law, the common people lose their homes, they will become more docile and more easily governed through the strong arm of government applied by a central power of wealth under leading financiers. These truths are well known among our principal men who are now engaged in forming an imperialism to govern the world. By dividing the voter through the political party system, we can get them to expend their energies in fighting for questions of no importance. It is thus by discreet action we can secure for ourselves that which has been so well planned and so successfully accomplished.”
American’s Banker Association, 1924

“There is a transnational ruling class, a “Superclass”, that agrees on establishing a world government. The middle class is targeted for elimination, because most of the world has no middle class, and to fully integrate and internationalize a middle class, would require industrialization and development in Africa, and certain places in Asia and Latin America. The goal of the Superclass is not to lose their wealth and power to a transnational middle class, but rather to extinguish the notion of a middle class, and transnationalize a lower, uneducated, labor oriented class, through which they will secure ultimate wealth and power.
The global economic crisis serves these ends, as whatever remaining wealth the middle class holds is in the process of being eliminated, and as the crisis progresses, the middle classes of the world will suffer, while a great percentage of lower classes of the world, poverty-stricken even prior to the crisis, will suffer the greatest, most probably leading to a massive reduction in population levels, particularly in the “underdeveloped” or “Third World” states.”
Andrew Gavin Marshall, ‘The Global Economic Crisis: The Great Depression of the XXI Century’

“The total result of the manipulation of society by the Establishment elite has been four major wars in sixty years, a crippling national debt, abandonment of the Constitution, suppression of freedom and opportunity, and creation of a vast credibility gulf between the man in the street and Washington, D.C. While the transparent device of two major parties trumpeting artificial differences, circus-like conventions, and the cliché of “bipartisan foreign policy” no longer carries credibility, and the financial elite itself recognizes that its policies lack public acceptance, it is obviously prepared to go it alone without even nominal public support.”
Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler”

“Ruling elites are deadly serious about seeing that any renovation of the international system is in their interest. They use a variety of carrot and stick tactics to maintain political and economic control – domestically and internationally. Control techniques will be more vicious or less, depending on a combination of factors involving the state of the economy and, more importantly, the state of popular opposition. The more threatening and persistent the moves to counter their plans and build alternative models, the more violent will be their tactics of repression.”
Holly Sklar, Trilateralism

FOUNDATIONS WEALTHY, TAX-EXEMPT AND VERY INFLUENTIAL

“The global financial elite of the Ford, Carnegie and Rockefeller foundations are making the plans [for a one world government]. The real name of the game is 1984. We will have systematic population reduction, forced sterilization or anything else which the planners deem necessary to establish absolute control in their humanitarian utopia. But to enforce these plans, you must have an all-powerful world government. You can’t do this if individual nations have sovereignty. And before you can facilitate the Great Merger, you must first centralize control within each nation, destroy the local police and remove the guns from the hands of the citizenry. You must replace our once free Constitutional Republic with an all-powerful central government.”
Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“The organization of tax-exempt fortunes of international financiers into foundations was to be used for educational, scientific, and other public purposes… The inheritance tax drove the great private fortunes dominated by Wall Street into tax-exempt foundations, which became a major link in the Establishment network between Wall Street, the Ivy League, and the federal government… The foundations managed to acquire control over the primary Ivy League colleges, including Harvard, Yale, Columbia, and Princeton.”

Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“One of the leading devices by which the wealthy dodge taxes is the channeling of their fortunes into tax-free foundations. The major foundations, though commonly regarded as charitable institutions, often use their grant-making powers to advance the interests of their founders.”

James Perloff in his book “The Shadows of Power”

“Can anyone honestly believe that the tax-exempt Foundations, which are based on the great American fortunes and administered by the present-day captains of American industry and finance, will systematically underwrite research which tends to undermine the pillars of the status quo, in particular the illusion that the corporate rich who benefit most from the system do not run it?”

Ramparts magazine

“The Rockefeller Foundation, the Carnegie Corporation of New York, and the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, are using their enormous public funds to finance a one-sided approach to foreign policy and to promote it actively by propaganda, and in the Government through infiltration. The power to do this comes out of the power of the vast funds employed.”

“The Reece Committee went out of existence on January 3, 1955, having proven that the mammoth tax-exempt foundations have such power in the White House, in Congress, and in the press, that they are quite beyond the reach of a mere committee of the Congress of the United States.”

Dan Smoot in his book “The Invisible Government” , 1962

“The Round Table Group wanted to control the people by having the government tax people and deposit the peoples money in a central bank. The Group would take control of the bank and therefore have control of the money. The Group would take control of the State Department and formulate government policy, which would determine how the money was spent. The Group would control the CIA which would gather information about people, and script and produce psycho-political operations focused at the people to influence them to act in accord with Round Table Group State Department policy decisions. The Group would work to consolidate all the nations of the world into a single nation, with a single central bank under their control, and a single International Security System. Some of the first legislation of the Wilson Administration was the institution of the graduated income tax (1913) and the creation of a central bank called the Federal Reserve. An inheritance tax was also instituted. These tax laws were used to rationalize the need for legislation that allowed the establishment of tax-exempt foundations. The tax-exempt foundations became the link between the Group member’s private corporations and the university system. The Group would control the universities by controlling the sources of their funding. The funding was money sheltered from taxes that was channeled in ways which would help achieve Round Table Group aims.”
Colonel Edward Mandell House

“A very powerful complex of foundations and affiliated organizations has developed over the years to exercise a high degree of control over education. Part of this complex, and ultimately responsible for it, are the Rockefeller and Carnegie groups of foundations.”

Rene Wormser in his book “Foundations: Their Power and Influence”

“The Carnegie Endowment supported U.S. entry into the war {WW I], not for any patriotic purpose, but so that the war would provide an excuse for, if not necessitate, Andrew Carnegie’s goal of British-American regional government.”

William H Mcllhany II, from an article “Tax Exempt Foundations”, 1980

“The folks at the Rockefeller Foundation were deadly serious about wanting to solve the world hunger problem through the worldwide proliferation of GMO seeds and crops… They were out to limit population by going after the human reproductive process itself.”

F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction”

“Foundations such as Ford, Rockefeller and Carnegie were considered the best and most plausible kind of CIA funding cover. A CIA study of 1966 argued that this technique was `particularly effective for democratically run membership organizations, which need to assure their own unwitting members and collaborators, as well as their hostile critics, that they have genuine, respectable, private sources of income.’ Certainly, it allowed the CIA to fund`a seemingly limitless range of covert action programs affecting youth groups, labor unions, universities, publishing houses, and other private institutions from the early 1950s.”

Frances Stoner Saunders from her book “The Cultural Cold War”

“The very rich avoided most taxation by protecting their wealth in new tax-exempt ‘charitable’ foundations such as the Rockefeller Foundation, created the same year as the income tax. The passage of a broad-based tax on income would allow Wall Street to finance the war [WWI] through issuance of US Treasury bonds, so-called ‘Liberty Bonds’ whose debt service would be assured by the taxpayer.”
Ferdinand Lundberg in his book “The Rich And The Super-Rich”

“By the time the income tax Amendment had been approved by the states, the Rockefellers and Carnegie foundations were in full operation… These monopolists could now compound their wealth tax-free while competitors had to face a graduated income tax which made it difficult to amass capital.
… The conspirators now had created the mechanisms to run up the debt, to collect the debt, and to avoid the taxes required to pay the yearly interest on the debt.”
Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“By 1956 the Ford Foundation had spent more than one billion dollars in contributions to ‘education’ and had thereby become a well-nigh all-encompassing influence over hundreds of colleges and universities.”
Rene Wormser in the book “Foundations: Their Power and Influence”

“Powerful elite circles of the United States … backed the introduction of genetically modified seeds into the world food chain as a strategic priority. That elite included not only the Rockefeller and Ford foundations and most other foundations tied to the large private family fortunes of the wealthiest American families. It also included the US State Department, the National Security Council, the US Department of Agriculture, as well as the leading policy circles of the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank, along with agencies of the United Nations including WHO and FAO.”
F. William Engdahl

“The World Health Organization, the World Bank, the UN environmental department, the UN Population Fund, and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation are closing in on all of humanity with mass-scale vaccination programmes and genetically engineered food.”
Jurriaan Maessen, 2012

“Foundations use their funds to subvert and control American education.”
Rene Wormser in the book “Foundations: Their Power and Influence”

INCOME TAX “ONLY THE LITTLE PEOPLE PAY TAXES”

“The federal income tax was instituted specifically to coerce taxpayers to pay the interest due to the banks on the federal debt.”
Ellen Hodgson Brown in her book “Web of Debt”

“Through their front man E. Mandell House … Jacob Schiff, the top Rothschild front in the United States, and Bernard Baruch, the Jewish Wall Street manipulator, the Money Monopolists selected Woodrow Wilson and financed his campaign for the presidency of the United States in 1912.
… On December 23, 1913, when most of our nation’s lawmakers had left Washington for their Christmas vacations, the Money Monopolists rammed through the nationally destructive and totally unconstitutional Federal Reserve Act which left our nation’s money and credit supply firmly in the hands of the Rothschild-controlled international bankers.
… The same “money power” also financed the campaign for the introduction of the income tax. This Act was not designed to make the wealthy pay for the running of the country. Its specific purpose … was to become “a siphon … inserted in the pocketbooks of the general public”.”
Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“World War I forced the development of the income-tax principle. Aiming, as it did, at the one great untaxed source of revenue, the income-tax law had been enacted in the nick of time to meet the demands of war. And the conflict also assisted the putting into effect of the Federal Reserve System.”
Eustace Mullins in his book “The Secrets of the Federal Reserve”

“What the income tax became, finally, was a siphon gradually inserted into the pocketbooks of the general public. Imposed to popular huzzas as a class tax, the income tax was gradually turned into a mass tax in a jiujitsu turnaround.
… The escape hatch for the insiders to avoid paying tax was ready. By the time the income tax Amendment had been approved by the states, the Rockefellers and Carnegie foundations were in full operation… These monopolists could now compound their wealth tax-free while competitors had to face a graduated income tax which made it difficult to amass capital.
… The conspirators now had created the mechanisms to run up the debt, to collect the debt, and to avoid the taxes required to pay the yearly interest on the debt. Then all that was needed was a reason to escalate the debt. Nothing runs up a national debt like a war. And World War I was being brewed in Europe.”
Ferdinand Lundberg in his book “The Rich And The Super-Rich”

“The United States did just fine for well over a hundred years without a national income tax. But about the same time the Federal Reserve was created [1913] a national income tax was instituted as well. The whole idea was that the wealth of the American people would be transferred to the U.S. government by force and then transferred into the hands of the ultra-wealthy in the form of interest payments.”
http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com

“The very rich avoided most taxation by protecting their wealth in new tax-exempt ‘charitable’ foundations such as the Rockefeller Foundation, created the same year as the income tax. The passage of a broad-based tax on income would allow Wall Street to finance the war [WWI] through issuance of US Treasury bonds, so-called ‘Liberty Bonds’ whose debt service would be assured by the taxpayer.”
Ferdinand Lundberg in his book “The Rich And The Super-Rich”

“One quite naturally assumes that the graduated income tax would be opposed by the wealthy. The fact is that many of the wealthiest Americans supported it. Some, no doubt, out of altruism and because, at first, the taxes were very small. But others backed the scheme because they already had a plan for permanently avoiding both the income tax and the subsequent inheritance tax.”
Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“When the US government needs money, it either collects it in taxes or it issues bonds. These bonds are sold to the Federal Reserve , and the Fed, in turn, makes book entry deposits. This “debt money” created out of thin air is then made available to the US government. But if the US government can issue Treasury bills, notes and bonds, it can also issue currency, as it did prior to the formation of the Federal Reserve. If the U.S. issued its own money, that money could cover all its expenses, and the income tax wouldn’t be needed. So what’s the objection to getting rid of the Fed and letting the US government issue its own currency? Easy, it cuts out the bankers and it eliminates the income tax.”
Richard Russell, Dow Theory Letter, April 2005

“The 16th Amendment let Congress levy an income tax so bankers could be paid interest on federal debt. If America controlled its own money, it would be interest-free, and taxing people to pay it wouldn’t be necessary.”
Stephen Lendman

“With two-thirds of everyone’s personal income taxes wasted or not collected, 100 percent of what is collected is absorbed solely by interest on the Federal debt and by Federal Government contributions to transfer payments. In other words, all individual income tax revenues are gone before one nickel is spent on the services which taxpayers expect from their Government.”
Ellen Hodgson Brown in her book “Web of Debt”

“The best way for the global financial elite insiders to eliminate growing competition was to impose a progressive income tax on their competitors while writing the laws so as to include built-in escape hatches for themselves.
… The escape hatch for the Insiders to avoid paying taxes was ready. By the time the income tax Amendment had been approved by the states, the Rockefellers and Carnegie foundations were in full operation. The monopolists could now compound their wealth tax-free while competitors had to face a graduated income tax which made it difficult to amass capital.”
Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

INVESTMENT BANKERS IMMENSE FINANCIAL POWER ON A GLOBAL SCALE

“Hundreds of years ago, bankers began to specialize, with the richer and more influential ones associated increasingly with foreign trade and foreign-exchange transactions. Since these were richer and more cosmopolitan and increasingly concerned with questions of political significance, such as stability and debasement of currencies, war and peace, dynastic marriages, and worldwide trading monopolies, they became the financiers and financial advisers of governments.
Moreover, since their relationships with governments were always in monetary terms and not real terms, and since they were always obsessed with the stability of monetary exchanges between one country’s money and another, they used their power and influence to do two things: (1) to get all money and debts expressed in terms of a strictly limited commodity-ultimately gold; and (2) to get all monetary matters out of the control of governments and political authority, on the ground that they would be handled better by private banking interests.”
Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“There is a special breed of international financiers whose success typically is built upon certain character traits. Those include cold objectivity, immunity to patriotism, and indifference to the human condition. That profile is the basis for proposing a theoretical strategy, called the Rothschild Formula, which motivates such men to propel governments into war for the profits they yield… As long as the mechanism of central banking exists, it will be to such men an irresistible temptation to convert debt into perpetual war and war into perpetual debt.”
G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“The dominant element in our financial oligarchy is the investment banker. Associated banks, trust companies and life insurance companies are his tools.The development of our financial oligarchy followedlines with which the history of political despotism has familiarized us: usurpation, proceeding by gradual encroachment rather than violent acts, subtle and often long-concealed concentration of distinct functions.It was by processes such as these that Caesar Augustus became master of Rome.”
Pujo Committee – House Committee on Banking and Currency, 1912

“The power of investment bankers over governments rests on a number of factors, of which the most significant, perhaps, is the need of governments to issue short-term treasury bills as well as long-term government bonds. Just as businessmen go to commercial banks for current capital advances to smooth over the discrepancies between their irregular and intermittent incomes and their periodic and persistent outgoes (such as monthly rents, annual mortgage payments, and weekly wages), so a government has to go to merchant bankers (or institutions controlled by them) to tide over the shallow places caused by irregular tax receipts.”
Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy & Hope”

“We must keep the people busy with political antagonisms… By dividing the electorate … we’ll be able to have them spend their energies at struggling amongst themselves on questions that, for us, have no importance whatsoever.
… Let us make use of the courts… When through the law’s intervention, the common people shall have lost their homes, they will be more easy to control and more easy to govern, and they shall not be able to resist the strong hand of the Government acting in accordance with … the control of the leaders of finance.”
United States Bankers magazine, 1892

“Three of Wall Street’s major financial consortiums, those controlled by the J.P. Morgan, Rothschild, and Rockefeller interests, agreed to split the 1912 Republican vote by backing former President Teddy Roosevelt against the isolationist incumbent, William Howard Taft. The plan was to help Democratic nominee Woodrow Wilson. The understanding was Wilson would help create a Federal Reserve bank system and an income tax after his election, listen to his backers in creating his cabinet, and be mindful of the importance of intervention on behalf of the United Kingdom in case of world war with Germany.
… Once in office, Wilson implemented each of the four Wall Street goals in ways that resonate through history to the present. In essence, a Democratic presidential candidate did Wall Street’s bidding through his top aide, Colonel Edward Mandel House.
Andrew Kreig

“The substantive financial powers of the world were in the hands of investment bankers (also called “international” or “merchant” bankers) who remained largely behind the scenes in their own unincorporated private banks. These formed a system of international cooperation and national dominance which was more private, more powerful, and more secret than that of their agents in the central banks. This dominance of investment bankers was based on their control over the flows of credit and investment funds in their own countries and throughout the world. They could dominate the financial and industrial systems of their own countries by their influence over the flow of current funds through bank loans, the discount rate, and the re-discounting of commercial debts; they could dominate governments by their control over current government loans and the play of the international exchanges. Almost all of this power was exercised by the personal influence and prestige of men who had demonstrated their ability in the past to bring off successful financial coupes to keep their word, to remain cool in a crisis, and to share their winning opportunities with their associates. In this system the Rothschilds had been preeminent during much of the nineteenth century, but, at the end of that century, they were being replaced by J. P. Morgan whose central office was in New Yok, although it was always operated as if it were in London.”
Carroll Quigley, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The world’s money-lenders became experts at parasitic high finance and got rich through the explosive growth of fractional reserve banking. These people have dominated the economies of nations through such institutions as the Bank of England, the Federal Reserve System, the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), and other central and commercial banks, currency and commodity exchanges, and stock and bond markets.”
Richard C. Cook, 2008

“In 1899, J. Pierpont Morgan and Anthony Drexel went to England to attend the International Bankers Convention. When they returned, J.P. Morgan had been appointed head representative of the Rothschild interests in the United States.
As the result of the London Conference, J.P. Morgan and Company of New York, Drexel and Company of Philadelphia, Grenfell and Company of London, Morgan Harjes Cie of Paris, M.M. Warburg Company of Germany and America, and the House of Rothschild, were all affiliated.”
William Guy Carr in his book “Pawns In The Game”

“The merchant bankers of London had already at hand in 1810-1850 the Stock Exchange, the Bank of England, and the London money market… In time they brought into their financial network the provincial banking centers, organized as commercial banks and savings banks, as well as insurance companies, to form all of these into a single financial system on an international scale which manipulated the quantity and flow of money so that they were able to influence, if not control, governments on one side and industries on the other.”
Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“Banks aren’t interested in lending money to businesses that they think are going to pay them back immediately and not borrow any more. They prefer to lend to businesses that they know are going to grow and need more and more money, and become bigger and better customers, and pay more and more interest. They are interested in keeping their money out and earning interest. Their motive is profit.”
Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“The real menace of our republic is the invisible government, which, like a giant octopus, sprawls its slimy length over our city, state and nation. At the head is a small group of banking houses generally referred to as ‘international bankers.’ This little coterie of powerful international bankers virtually run our government for their own selfish ends.”
John F. Hylan, 1922, Mayor of New York, in a speech

“The history of the last century shows that the advice given to governments by bankers [who control the governments) like the advice they gave to industrialists, was consistently good for the bankers, but often disastrous for governments, businessmen, and the people generally. Such advice could be enforced if necessary by manipulation of exchanges, gold flows, discount rates, and even levels of business activity.”
Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“International bankers make money by extending credit to governments. The greater the debt of the political state, the larger the interest returned to lenders. The national banks of Europe are also owned and controlled by private interests. We recognize in a hazy sort of way that the Rothschilds and the Warburgs of Europe and the houses of JP Morgan, Kuhn Loeb & Co., Schff, Lehman and Rockefeller possess and control vast wealth. How they acquire this vast financial power and employ it is a mystery to most of us.”
Senator Barry M. Goldwater in his memoirs “With No Apologies”

“A handful of investment banks exerts an enormous amount of control over the global economy. Their activities include advising Third World debt negotiations, handling mergers and breakups, creating companies to fill a perceived economic void through the launching of initial public stock offerings, underwriting all stocks, underwriting all corporate and government bond issuance, and pushing the bandwagon down the road of privatization and globalization of the world economy.”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf”

“{The goal of a cabal of global financiers linked to J.P. Morgan and Company was] nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. Each central bank sought to dominate its government by its ability to control treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards in the business world.”
Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“J. P. Morgan, with the assistance and cooperation of a few of the interlocking corporations which reach all over the United States in their influence, controls every railroad in the United States. They control practically every public utility, they control literally thousands of corporations, they control all of the large insurance companies. Mr. President, we are gradually reaching a time, if we have not already reached that point, when the business of the country is controlled by men who can be named on the fingers of one hand, because those men control the money of the Nation, and that control is growing at a rapid rate.”
US Senator Norris, in a speech, Congressional Record of November 30, 1941

“Because of its dominant position in Wall Street, the [J. P.] Morgan firm came also to dominate other Wall Street powers, such as Carnegie, Whitney, Vanderbilt, Brown-Harriman, or Dillon-Reed. Close alliances were made with Rockefeller, Mellon, and Duke interests but not nearly so intimate ones with the great industrial powers like du Pont and Ford. [Because] … of the great influence of this “Wall Street” alignment, an influence great enough to merit the name of the “American Establishment,” this group could … control the Federal government and, in consequence, had to adjust to a good many government actions … [which they had secretly supported ]. The chief of these were in taxation law, beginning with the graduated income tax in 1913, but culminating, above all else, in the inheritance tax. These tax laws drove the great private fortunes dominated by Wall Street into tax-exempt foundations, which became a major link in the Establishment network between Wall Street, the Ivy League, and the Federal government.”
Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“More than fifty years ago the [J. P.] Morgan firm decided to infiltrate the Left-wing political movements in the United States. This was relatively easy to do, since these groups were starved for funds and eager for a voice to reach the people. Wall Street supplied both. The purpose was not to destroy, dominate, or take over but was really threefold: (1) to keep informed about the thinking of Left-wing or liberal groups; (2) to provide them with a mouthpiece so that they could ‘blow off steam,’ and (3) to have a final veto on their publicity and possibly on their actions, if they ever went ‘radical.’ There was nothing really new about this decision, since other financiers had talked about and even attempted it earlier.”
Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“President Theodore Roosevelt was a political steward of the J.P. Morgan interests which dominated Wall Street.”
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton Chaitkin in theri book “George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography”

“Sixty or more years ago, public life in the West was dominated by the influence of “Wall Street.”… This group, which in the United States, was completely dominated by J. P. Morgan and Company from the 1880’s to the 1930’s was cosmopolitan, Anglophile, internationalist, Ivy League, eastern seaboard, high Episcopalian, and European-culture conscious. Their connection with the Ivy League colleges rested on the fact that the large endowments of these institutions required constant consultation with the financiers of Wall Street and was reflected in the fact that these endowments, even in 1930, were largely in bonds rather than in real estate or common stocks. As a consequence of these influences, as late as the 1930’s, J. P. Morgan and his associates were the most significant figures in policy making at Harvard, Columbia, and to a lesser extent Yale, while the Whitneys were significant at Yale, and the Prudential Insurance Company dominated Princeton.”
Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

MILITARY-INDUSTRIAL COMPLEX HUGE PROFITS FROM DEATH AND DESTRUCTION

“There are factions in many governments that crave a state of endless war because that is when power is least constrained and profit most abundant.”
www.washingtonsblog.com

“The global elite have consistently used a strategy of arming and funding both sides of armed conflicts. While opposing populations kill each other off, they make off with their natural resources. When they confront a government that cannot be bribed or provoked into civil or regional war, they fund brutal death squads, attempt military coups and intimidate them by giving weapons to undemocratic neighboring regimes. If all that doesn’t work, they are declared a threat to national security and the US military, private contractors and NATO forces invade and occupy the country.”
David Degraw in his book “Revolution or World War III”

“WaIl Street financed the German cartels in the mid-1920s which in turn proceeded to bring Hitler to power.
The financing for Hitler and his S.S. street thugs came in part from affiliates or subsidiaries of U.S. firms, including Henry Ford in 1922, payments by I. G. Farben and General Electric in 1933, followed by the Standard Oil of New Jersey and I.T.T. subsidiary payments to Heinrich Himmler up to 1944.
U.S. multi-nationals under the control of Wall Street profited handsomely from Hitler’s military construction program in the 1930s and at least until 1942.
International bankers used political influence in the U. S. to cover up their wartime collaboration.”
Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler”, 1976

“[The trustees of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, at a 1911 meeting] … discussed the question … ‘Is there any means known to man more effective than war, assuming you wish to alter the life of an entire people?’ And they discussed this and at the end of a year they came to the conclusion that there was no more effective means to that end known to man. So, they raised question number two, and the question was, ‘How do we involve the United States in a war?”

Norman Dodd, the Research Director of the 1954 House of Representatives’ Special Committee to Investigate Tax Exempt Foundations (the Reece Committee)

“Since the keystone of the international banking empires has been government bonds it has been in the interest of these international bankers to encourage government debt. The higher the debt the more the interest. Nothing drives government deeply into debt like a war; and it has not been an uncommon practice among international bankers to finance both sides of the bloodiest military conflicts.”

Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“During a war you will never see the Vatican, City of London or Switzerland get attacked. On the grand chessboard these are considered neutral ground because it is where all the money flows. Without money to fund war, there is no war.”

from an article “Bank of England, City of London and The Queen” http://wideshut.co.uk

“Central banks have utilized and promoted wars for their own profit, starting with the Rothschild involvement with the Napoleonic wars, and continuing up to the present day.”
G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“Wars should be directed so that the nations on both sides should be further in our debt.”
Amschel Mayer Rothschild, 1774

“Endless war has ruined our economy. It benefits a handful of elites, while levying a tax on the vast majority of Americans.
Congress members – part of the super-elite which has made money hand over fist during this economic downturn – are heavily invested in the war industry, and routinely trade on inside information perhaps even including planned military actions.
No wonder the American government is making the state of war permanent, and planning to unleash new, widespread wars in the near future.”
www.washingtonsblog.com, 2014

“The division of the United States into federations of equal force [The North & The South] was decided long before the Civil War. These bankers were afraid that the United States would upset their financial domination over the world. The voice of the Rothschilds prevailed.”

German Chancellor Otto von Bismarck

“The Carnegie Endowment supported U.S. entry into the war {WW I], not for any patriotic purpose, but so that the war would provide an excuse for, if not necessitate, Andrew Carnegie’s goal of British-American regional government.”

William H Mcllhany II, from an article “Tax Exempt Foundations”, 1980

“There are few historians who would challenge the fact that the funding of World War I, World War II, the Korean War, and the Vietnam War was accomplished … through the Federal Reserve System. An overview of all wars since the establishment of the Bank of England in 1694 suggests that most of them would have been greatly reduced in severity, or perhaps not even fought at all, without fiat money. It is the ability of governments to acquire money without direct taxation that makes modern warfare possible, and a central bank has become the preferred method of accomplishing that.”
G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“For over 150 years it has been standard operating procedure of the Rothschilds and their allies to control both sides of every conflict. You must have an “enemy” if you are going to collect from the King.”

Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“World War I created astronomical debts in the nations that participated. These debts were held by the international bankers who organized and stage-managed the whole show from start to finish.
… Although the American people were clearly the losers in World War I, as were the people of the other participating nations, there was one group for which World War I was an unqualified success: The Big Bankers.”
Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“International bankers make money by extending credit to governments. The greater the debt of the political state, the larger the interest returned to lenders.”
Senator Barry M. Goldwater in his memoirs “With No Apologies”

“Without war, no government has ever been able to obtain acquiescence in its ‘legitimacy,’ or right to rule its society… Obviously, if the war system were to be discarded, new political machinery would be needed at once to serve this vital subfunction. Until it is developed, the continuance of the war system must be assured, if for no other reason, among others, than to preserve whatever quality and degree of poverty a society requires as an incentive, as well as to maintain the stability of its internal organization of power.”
Report from Iron Mountain, 1967

“The primary aim of modern warfare is to use up the products of the machine without raising the general standard of living… the essential act of war is destruction, not necessarily of human lives, but of the products of human labor. The two aims … are to conquer the whole surface of the earth and to extinguish once and for all the possibility of independent thought.”
George Orwell in his book “1984”
“Every country suspended the gold standard at the outbreak of the war [WWI]… This removed the automatic limitation on the supply of paper money. Then each country proceeded to pay for the war by borrowing from the banks. The banks created the money which they then lent by merely giving the Government a deposit of any size against which the Government could draw checks. The banks were no longer limited in the amount of credit they could create because they no longer had to pay out gold for checks on demand. Thus the creation of money in the form of credit by the banks was limited only by the demands of its borrowers.
… The middle classes of European society, with their bank savings, checking deposits, mortgages, insurance and bond holdings … were injured or even ruined by the wartime inflation.”
Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The contribution made by American capitalism to German war preparations before 1940, can only be described as phenomenal. It was certainly crucial to German military preparations. Evidence suggests that not only was an influential sector of American business aware of the nature of Nazism, but for its own purposes aided Nazism whenever possible – with full knowledge that the probable outcome would be war involving Europe and the United States.”
Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler”

“The thoroughly documented evidence regarding the heavy involvement of leading American banking and industrial interests in the rise of Hitler’s Third Reich is a matter of public record. It is to be found in the records and reports from government hearings.”
Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“The House of Morgan financed half the US World War II war effort. Morgan had also financed the British Boer War in South Africa and the Franco-Prussian War.”

Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf”

“There is a special breed of international financiers whose success typically is built upon certain character traits. Those include cold objectivity, immunity to patriotism, and indifference to the human condition. That profile is the basis for proposing a theoretical strategy, called the Rothschild Formula, which motivates such men to propel governments into war for the profits they yield… As long as the mechanism of central banking exists, it will be to such men an irresistible temptation to convert debt into perpetual war and war into perpetual debt.”
G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“The essential act of war is destruction, not necessarily of human lives, but of the products of human labour. War is a way of shattering to pieces, or pouring into the stratosphere, or sinking in the depths of the sea, materials which might otherwise be used to make the masses too comfortable, and hence, in the long run, too intelligent. Even when weapons of war are not actually destroyed, their manufacture is still a convenient way of expending labour power without producing anything that can be consumed.
… War accomplishes the necessary destruction, but accomplishes it in a psychologically acceptable way. In principle it would be quite simple to waste the surplus labour of the world by building temples and pyramids, by digging holes and filling them up again, or even by producing vast quantities of goods and then setting fire to them. But this would provide only the economic and not the emotional basis for a hierarchical society.”

George Orwell in his book “1984”

“The first step in having a Central Bank established in a country is to get them to accept an outrageous loans, which puts the country in debt of the Central Bank and under the control of the Rothschilds. If the country does not accept the loan, the leader of this particular country will be assassinated and a Rothschild aligned leader will be put into the position, and if the assassination does not work, the country will be invaded and have a Central Bank established with force all under the name of terrorism.”
www.godlikeproductions.com, 10/23/11

“Western textbooks have gigantic gaps. For example, after World War II the Tribunals set up to investigate Nazi war criminals were careful to censor any materials recording Western assistance to Hitler. By the same token, Western textbooks on Soviet economic development omit any description of the economic and financial aid given to the 1917 Revolution and subsequent economic development by Western firms and banks.”
Antony Sutton in his book “America’s Secret Establishment”, 1983

“The principal link between Hitler and the Wall Street money barons was Hjalmar Horace Greely Schacht, the president of the Reichsbank whose family for many years were closely aligned to the international financial elite. Schacht was the man who masterminded the plan to rebuild Germany and create the Bank of International Settlements.”
Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“The House of Rothschild financed the Prussian War, the Crimean War and the British attempt to seize the Suez Canal from the French. Nathan Rothschild made a huge financial bet on Napoleon at the Battle of Waterloo, while also funding the Duke of Wellington’s peninsular campaign against Napoleon. Both the Mexican War and the Civil War were goldmines for the family.”

Dean Henderson

“I spent 33 years in the Marines, most of my time being a high-class muscle man for big business, for Wall Street and the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer for Capitalism… The general public shoulders the bill. This bill renders a horrible accounting. Newly placed gravestones, Mangled bodies. Shattered minds. Broken hearts and homes. Economic instability. Back-breaking taxation for generations and generations.”

General Smedley D. Butler, 1935

“Both fascist and communist systems are based on naked, unfettered political power and individual coercion. Both systems require monopoly control of society. While monopoly control of industries was once the objective of J.P. Morgan and J.D. Rockefeller, by the late nineteenth century the inner sanctums of Wall Street understood that the most efficient way to gain an unchallenged monopoly was to ‘go political’ and make society go to work for the monopolists,” and that, “the totalitarian socialist state is a perfect captive market for monopoly capitalists, if an alliance can be made with the socialist powerbrokers.”
Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler”, 1976

“Central banks have utilized and promoted wars for their own profit, starting with the Rothschild involvement with the Napoleonic wars, and continuing up to the present day.”

G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“I. G. Farben and Standard Oil of New Jersey suppressed development of the synthetic rubber industry in the United States, to the advantage of the German Wehrmacht and to the disadvantage of the United States in World War II.”
Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler”, 1976

“The Western Powers continued their unrelenting assault on German cities during World War II… Day after day, week after week they criss-crossed these urban areas laying down a thick blanket of bombs which blasted Germany’s cities into oblivion. Civilian casualties were enormous, numbering in the hundreds of thousands. Strategically, such ‘blanket bombing’ served no useful purpose; it contributed little to the war effort. If concentrated elsewhere, on targets of vital significance, this colossal fire-power could have appreciably shortened the duration of the war.
The official ‘reason given for this wanton destruction of civilian lives and property was that the raids would undermine the morale of the German population. The real reason was that the international bankers and their cohorts were using the Allies’ awesome air power as their unofficial wrecking crew – their bulldozers and demolition crews – to prepare Germany for their planned urban renewal project at the conclusion of hostilities. The airborne ‘bulldozers’ did the preparation work free. The ‘Big Boys’ were relieved of the huge expense of having it demolished. With most German cities 90% demolished in the war, this cost was kept to a minimum! After the war much of this vacant ground was picked up for a few cents on the dollar by the international urban renewers.”
Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“Henry Ford and Edsel Ford respectively contributed money to Hitler and profited from German wartime production. Standard Oil of New Jersey, General Electric, General Motors, and I.T.T … made financial or technical contributions which comprise prima facie evidence of “participating in planning or carrying out Nazi enterprises.”
Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler”, 1976

“In the latter half of the 1800s European financiers were in favor of an American Civil War that would return the United States to its colonial status.
The Civil War, lasted from 1861 until 1865, during which, Congress also set up a national bank, putting the government into partnership with the banking interests, guaranteeing their profits.”
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“The so-called establishment in the U.S. uses “managed conflict.” The practice of “managing” crises to bring about a favorable outcome – favorable to the elite.”
Antony Sutton in his book “America’s Secret Establishment”, 1983

“The Rothschild family accumulated its vast wealth issuing war bonds to Black Nobility for centuries, including the British Windsors, the French Bourbons, the German von Thurn und Taxis, the Italian Savoys and the Austrian and Spanish Hapsburgs.”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“College textbooks present war and revolution as more or less accidental results of conflicting forces. The decay of political negotiation into physical conflict comes about, according to these books, after valiant efforts to avoid war. Unfortunately, this is nonsense. War is always a deliberate creative act by individuals.”
Antony Sutton in his book “America’s Secret Establishment”, 1983

“If you look back at every war in Europe… you will see that they always ended up with the establishment of a balance of power. With every reshuffling there was a balance of power in a new grouping around the House of Rothschild in England, France or Austria. They grouped nations so that if any King got out of line, a war would break out and the war would be decided by which way the financing went. Researching the debt positions of warring nations will usually indicate who was being punished.”
Professor Stuart Crane from Dean Henderson’s book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf”

“The preparation for war is useful to the holders of centralized political power. When things go badly at home, when popular discontent becomes inconveniently articulate, it is always possible, in a world where war-making remains an almost sacred habit, to shift the people’s attention away from domestic to foreign and military affairs. A flood of xenophobic or imperialistic propaganda is released by the government-controlled instruments of persuasion, a “strong policy” is adopted toward some foreign power, an appeal for “national unity” (in other words, unquestioning obedience to the ruling oligarchy) is launched, and at once it becomes unpatriotic for anybody to voice even the most justifiable complaints against mismanagement or oppression. It is difficult to see how any highly centralized government could afford to dispense with militarism and the threat of foreign war.”

Aldous Huxley in his book ” Science, Liberty and Peace”, 1946

MONEY WHERE DOES IT COME FROM AND WHO CONTROLS IT?

“The Federal Reserve Banks create money out of thin air to buy Government bonds from the United States Treasury, lending money into circulation at interest, by bookkeeping entries… Where does the Federal Reserve system get the money with which to create Bank Reserves? Answer. It doesn’t get the money, it creates it. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money. The Federal Reserve is a total moneymaking machine.”

Congressman Wright Patman House Banking and Currency Committee, 1964

“The modern banking system manufactures money out of nothing. The process is perhaps the most astounding piece of sleight of hand that was ever invented.
… Bankers own the earth. Take it away from them but leave them the power to create money, and, with a flick of a pen, they will create enough money to buy it back again. Take this great power away from them and all great fortunes like mine will disappear, for then this would be a better and happier world to live in.
But, if you want to continue to be the slaves of bankers and pay the cost of your own slavery, then let bankers continue to create money and control credit.”
Sir Josiah Stamp, president of the Bank of England in the 1920s, the second richest man in Britain, speaking at the Commencement Address of the University of Texas in 1927

“When the US government needs money, it either collects it in taxes or it issues bonds. These bonds are sold to the Federal Reserve , and the Fed, in turn, makes book entry deposits. This “debt money” created out of thin air is then made available to the US government. But if the US government can issue Treasury bills, notes and bonds, it can also issue currency, as it did prior to the formation of the Federal Reserve. If the U.S. issued its own money, that money could cover all its expenses, and the income tax wouldn’t be needed. So what’s the objection to getting rid of the Fed and letting the US government issue its own currency? Easy, it cuts out the bankers and it eliminates the income tax.”
Richard Russell, Dow Theory Letter, April 2005

“The Federal Reserve Act of 1913 was a coup that authorized a private cartel to create money out of nothing, lend it to the government with interest and control the national money supply, expanding or contracting it at will.”

Nikki Alexander, 2009

“I am afraid the ordinary citizen will not like to be told that the banks can and do create money. And they who control the credit of the nation direct the policy of Governments and hold in the hollow of their hand the destiny of the people.”

Reginald McKenna, as Chairman of the Midland Bank, addressing stockholders in 1924

“The ultimate control over the world economy is achieved through command over money creation: through fiat money, by creating money from nothing.”

Michel Chossudovsky

“When you or I write a check there must be sufficient funds in our account to cover the check, but when the Federal Reserve writes a check there is no bank deposit on which that check is drawn. When the Federal Reserve writes a check, it is creating money.”

“Putting it simply” Boston Federal Reserve Bank

“If all the bank loans were paid, no one could have a bank deposit, and there would not be a dollar of coin or currency in circulation. This is a staggering thought. We are completely dependent on the commercial Banks. Someone has to borrow every dollar we have in circulation, cash or credit. If the Banks create ample synthetic money we are prosperous; if not, we starve. We are absolutely without a permanent money system. When one gets a complete grasp of the picture, the tragic absurdity of our hopeless position is almost incredible, but there it is. It is the most important subject intelligent persons can investigate and reflect upon. It is so important that our present civilization may collapse unless it becomes widely understood and the defects remedied very soon.”

“The creation of paper claims greater than the reserves available means that bankers were creating money out of nothing. The same thing could be done in another way, not by note-issuing banks but by deposit banks. Deposit bankers discovered that orders and checks drawn against deposits by depositors and given to third persons were often not cashed by the latter but were deposited to their own accounts. Thus there were no actual movements of funds, and payments were made simply by bookkeeping transactions on the accounts. Accordingly, it was necessary for the banker to keep on hand in actual money (gold, certificates, and notes) no more than the fraction of deposits likely to be drawn upon and cashed; the rest could be used for loans, and if these loans were made by creating a deposit for the borrower, who in turn would draw checks upon it rather than withdraw it in money, such “created deposits” or loans could also be covered adequately by retaining reserves to only a fraction of their value. Such created deposits also were a creation of money out of nothing.”

Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The counterfeit option is available only if a country happens to be in the unique position of having its currency accepted as the medium of international trade, as has been the case for the United States. In that event it is possible to create money out of nothing, and other nations have no choice but to accept it… The result is that America has continued to finance its trade deficit with fiat money – counterfeit, if you will – a feat which no other nation in the world could hope to accomplish.”
G. Edward Griffin

“It is well enough that people of the nation do not understand our banking and money system, for if they did, I believe there would be a revolution before tomorrow morning.”

Henry Ford, founder of the Ford Motor Company

“The organizational structure for creating means of payment out of nothing, we call credit.”

Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“The U.S. bailout shows that countries do not need to borrow credit from foreign banks at all. The government could have created its own money and credit system rather than leaving foreign creditors to accrue interest charges that now represent a permanent and seemingly irreversible balance-of-payments drain. The United States has shown that any country can monetize its own credit, at least domestic credit.”

Michael Hudson and Jeffrey Sommers, 2008

“The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic banking network. The control of money creation at a world level constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination. The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial design is to override and destroy national currencies.”

Michel Chossudovsky

“I care not what puppet is placed on the throne of England to rule the Empire. The man who controls Britain’s money supply controls the British Empire and I control the British money supply.”
Nathan Mayer Rothschild

“In 1861 the Civil War began, resulting in a monetary as well as a political crisis. Congress imposed the first U.S. income tax and sharply increased excise taxes. New York bankers, also acting as agents for British and European financiers, demanded extortionist rates of interest from President Abraham Lincoln to purchase government bonds, but he refused these terms.
Congress, in emergency legislation, authorized $450 million in Greenbacks, not immediately redeemable in specie, which were spent into circulation in payment of government war obligations. Greenbacks constituted eleven percent of the circulating currency at this time and were no more inflationary than would be expected from the usual wartime price increases.
Again, Congress had decided to treat credit as a public utility, not the property of private bankers. Ordinary citizens recognized at the time that it was the Greenbacks, a true democratic currency, which saved the Union. Also at this time the federal government began to market war bonds directly to citizens, again bypassing the banks.”
Richard C. Cook

“Once the government reclaims the power to create money from the banks, it will no longer need to sell its bonds to investors. It will not even need to levy income taxes… government-issued money would actually be less inflationary than the system we have now; and it is precisely because power and money corrupt that money creation needs to be done by a public body, exercised in full view and with full accountability… what has allowed government to be corrupted today is that it is actually run by the money cartel. Big business holds all the cards, because its affiliated banks have monopolized the business of issuing and lending the national money supply, a function the Constitution delegated solely to Congress.”
Ellen Brown in her book “Web Of Debt”

fractional reserve banking
“Beginning in 16th century, savers looking to keep their valuables in safekeeping depositories deposited gold and silver at goldsmiths, receiving in exchange a note for their deposit. These notes gained acceptance as a medium of exchange for commercial transactions and thus became as an early form of circulating paper money.
As the notes were used directly in trade, the goldsmiths observed that people would not usually redeem all their notes at the same time, and they saw the opportunity to invest their coin reserves in interest-bearing loans and bills. This generated income for the goldsmiths but left them with more notes on issue than reserves with which to pay them. A process was started that altered the role of the goldsmiths from passive guardians of bullion, charging fees for safe storage, to interest-paying and interest-earning banks. Thus fractional-reserve banking was born.”
Wikipedia

MONETARY SYSTEM DEBT-BASED MONEY MONOPOLY

“All money is created in the form of debt to the privately owned banking cartel. Imagine if you could create money out of thin air. Imagine you have the credit cards of all the nations in your pocket. Your first impulse is to lend money to your nominees so they can buy most of the world’s real wealth for you. Your second impulse is to establish a totalitarian system (“world government” globalization) to prevent any nation from challenging this system or defaulting on their “debt” to you. To make them accept “world government,” you need to weaken them by having them fight among themselves, run up huge debts for armaments (which you will sell them), kill off the cream of their manhood, and become demoralized and decadent. You accomplish this through your ownership of politicians and the press and your control of MI-6, CIA who will carry out assassinations and acts of terror. This is the real history of the last 300 years.”

Henry Makow

” America is the largest debtor nation, and at the same time it is the world’s creditor. “Creating money out of thin air”, while at the same time imposing the U.S. dollar as a global currency constitutes the ultimate instrument of conquest and imperial domination.
The U.S. monetary system is supported by the most powerful military power on earth. The dollar is backed by U.S. military might, which constitutes a means for displacing national currencies and imposing the U.S. dollar. In this regard, the Federal Reserve’s overwhelming powers of money creation constitute an essential lever of an imperial monetary agenda.
… The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic banking network. The control of money creation at a world level constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination. The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial design is to override and destroy national currencies.”

Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis”

“It is well enough that people of the nation do not understand our banking and monetary system, for if they did, I believe there would be a revolution before tomorrow morning.”

Henry Ford

“The few who can understand the [money] system will be either so interested in its profits, or so dependent on its favours, that there will be no opposition from that class, while, on the other hand, that great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that Capital derives from the system, will bear its burden without complaint and, perhaps, without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests.”

letter written from London by the Rothschilds to their New York agents introducing their banking method into America

“Throughout the Third World, currency devaluations ordered by the IMF have triggered hyperinflation and the collapse of national monetary systems.”

Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis”

“The real business [of the Bank of International Settlements (BIS)] gets done in “a sort of inner club made up of the half dozen or so powerful central bankers who find themselves more or less in the same monetary boat” – those from Germany, the United States, Switzerland, Italy, Japan and England… The prime value, which also seems to demarcate the inner club from the rest of the BIS members, is the firm belief that central banks should act independently of their home governments… A second and closely related belief of the inner club is that politicians should not be trusted to decide the fate of the international monetary system.”

Edward Jay Epstein, 1983

“Terrorism, War & Bankruptcy are caused by the privatization of money, issued as a debt and compounded by interest”

“In the United States, the “independent” banking system is known as the Federal Reserve System, a privately owned bank system interlocked with the Bilderbergers. In Europe, the independent banking system is run through the European Central Bank, whose monetary policies are put together by the leading members of the Bilderberg elite.”

Daniel Estulin in his book “The Bilderberg Group”

“The lifeblood of our economy, indeed the whole world’s economy, is based on money. Without a currency that can be trusted, the entire structure of economics, the division of labor itself, falls apart. Our wealth, our well being and our very lives are dependent on the continuation of this highly complex structure called the economy and it in turn is dependent on sound money. We have placed our trust for the management of this money on a gang of thieves called the Federal Reserve. They have now clearly demonstrated their inability to restrain themselves from the excesses that can be perpetrated within a paper money system. If we want to survive as a nation, we need to eliminate both the Federal Reserve and paper money.”
Lou Poumakis, “Economic Disaster, its Cause and Cure”, 2009

“To allow the bankers to erect a monetary system on gold [gold standard] is to subject the producer to the money-broker and measure deferred payments by a yardstick that lengthens or shortens from year to year. The only safe and rational currency is a national currency based on the national credit, sponsored by the state, flexible, and controlled in the interests of the people as a whole.”

Vernon Parrington summarized Greenbackers’ position in the 1920s

“Sovereign nations do not have to borrow their money into existence., yet the United States has been deceived into doing this since 1913. The compounding interest on this debt is now growing exponentially, and cannot be sustained. Unfortunately, we cannot just pay down the national debt. All our money – except for coins – is created out of debt. Under this debt money system, to reduce the debt is to reduce the national money. The only solution is to restructure our monetary system to forbid government borrowing. Fortunately, this is nothing new. The U.S. and other nations have done it before.
The problem with the economy of every nation on earth has the same root – national debt – debt that is totally unnecessary… All nations can get out of debt and not incur any more debt. Any nation that did this would immediately stabilize their economic situation – that is, incur neither significant inflation, nor deflation – by design. Human societies run best on stability – a stable economic platform – one that can be predicted in the long term. Once the money power is taken away from the big banks and returned into the hands of we, the people, then economic common sense can return, and the nation’s legislature can once again become responsive to the voting electorate instead of the bankers…In other words, what we need is a new human rights movement for the next generation based upon No More National Debt.
The economic problems that most people became aware of in the fall of 2008 are not reversing. Unemployment is still rising. Foreclosures are still rising. The world’s economic death spiral into a deflationary depression must continue until the real problem is addressed. Our entire global economic system is at a tipping point.”

Bill Still, No More National Debt

“The IMF, acting on behalf of Wall Street, calls the shots on the reform of national monetary systems. National currencies in Latin America, Africa, the Middle East and South East Asia are in large part controlled by Western financial institutions.”

Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis”

“The Federal Reserve was a privately-owned and controlled central banking system like the Bank of England. In creating it, Congress had ceded its constitutional authority over the nation’s monetary system to the private financiers.”

Richard C. Cook, 2007

“The U.S.-NATO military alliance supports the hegemony of both the U.S. dollar and the Euro. These two dominant global currency systems are intricately related. They are controlled and regulated by overlapping financial interests. The U.S.-Euro monetary arrangement and its imposition as a global currency system are protected by the Atlantic Alliance, which constitutes the military arm of the Western corporate establishment.”

Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis”

“Right after the Civil War there was considerable talk about reviving Lincoln’s brief experiment with the Constitutional monetary system. Had not the European money-trust intervened, it would have no doubt become an established institution.”

W. Cleon Skousen from the documentary “The Money Masters”

“The First World War changed the status of the United States … from that of a debtor nation to the world’s greatest creditor nation, a role filled formerly by England.
… One major aim of the backers of the Federal Reserve – displacing London as world money market – had been achieved.
The gold standard was still the basis of foreign exchange. The small group of international bankers – now led by New York banks – who owned the gold, controlled the monetary system of Western nations.”

F. William Engdahl in his book “Gods of Money”

“The Bank of International Settlements (BIS) is where all of the world’s central banks meet to analyze the global economy and determine what course of action they will take next to put more money in their pockets, since they control the amount of money in circulation and how much interest they are going to charge governments and banks for borrowing from them.
… When you understand that the BIS pulls the strings of the world’s monetary system, you then understand that they have the ability to create a financial boom or bust in a country. If that country is not doing what the money lenders want, then all they have to do is sell its currency.”

Joan Veon, 2003

“If the key to controlling a nation is to run its central bank, one can imagine the potential of a global central bank, able to dictate the world’s credit and money supply. The roots for such a system were planted when the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and World Bank were formed at the Bretton Woods Conference of 1944. These UN agencies were both CFR [Council on Foreign Relations] creations.”

James Perloff

“There should be no such thing as “sovereign debt.” Currency (credit) is just a medium of exchange like a coupon. Governments can create as much as they need debt-free to make the economy hum. Markets will determine their value relative to other currencies. But the Illuminati bankers have created all currency in the form of a debt to them. Our society is wholly complicit in this fraud.”

Henry Makow

“Following the American Civil War, right up to the end of the 19th Century, the United States Treasury recognized silver as well as gold as monetary metal. The monetary system was, in effect, a bi-metallic system. Silver existed in abundance in the Western United States.
However, the influential New York bank syndicate, headed in the 1890s by the House of Morgan, took the opposite position. They saw gold, especially in light of their close ties to leading London banks, as their best road to dominant power over the money supply of the United States. Supplies of monetary gold were controlled by a handful of New York banks and by the financial powers of the City of London – above all, by the banking group of Lord Rothschild.
The New York bankers wanted no competition from silver. Their banking allies in the City of London, the heart of the world gold standard at the time, wanted America exclusively on a gold standard where their influence would be vastly greater. London’s New York banking allies – J.P. Morgan, along with Rothschild’s US banking agent, August Belmont, and others in New York finance – shrewdly used their London banking associates to control American credit markets to their own exclusive advantage and to the distinct disadvantage of the general American public.”

F. William Engdahl in his book “Gods of Money”

“Economic policy quite deliberately serves the interests of the financial elites, who in turn control the political process. Meaningful policies cannot be achieved without radically reforming the workings of the international banking system. What is required is an overhaul of the monetary system.”

Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis”

“Bank of International Settlements (BIS) regulations serve only the single purpose of strengthening the international private banking system, even at the peril of national economies. The IMF and the international banks regulated by the BIS are a team: the international banks lend recklessly to borrowers in emerging economies to create a foreign currency debt crisis, the IMF arrives as a carrier of monetary virus in the name of sound monetary policy, then the international banks come as vulture investors in the name of financial rescue to acquire national banks deemed capital inadequate and insolvent by the BIS.”

economist Henry CK Lui

“The global monetary system is tightly controlled and coordinated at the top by the leaders of the central banks who work for the world’s richest people.
… Instrumental in control of economics by the rich has been the debt-based monetary system, where credit is treated as the monopoly of private financial interests who in turn control governments, intelligence services and military establishments. Politicians are bought and sold, elected or removed, or aven assassinated for this purpose. The global monetary system is tightly controlled and coordinated at the top by the leaders of the central banks who work for the world’s richest people.
… Within the U.S., [monetary reform] proposals have ranged from complete takeover of the Federal Reserve System by the federal government to the replacement of fractional reserve banking and the debt-based monetary system by one where the government spends money directly into existence as was done through the 19th century U.S. Greenbacks.
The Greenback system, which provided up to a third of the U.S. money supply through 1900, was highly successful. The bankers opposed it because it meant fewer loans and less profits.”

Andrew Gavin Marshall in his book “The Global Economic Crisis”

“Today the U.S. presides over a more or less fully closed global monetary system based on the dollar. In practice this means that those countries within the system must exchange real value in the form of natural resources like oil and gas, manufactured items and commodities with the U.S. cartel in exchange for dollars, which are no more than an accounting entry created out of thin air.
… The Federal Reserve is a privately held business owned by the very interests that it nominally regulates. Thus the control of federal credit and the U.S. monetary system and the rich flow of insider information that results from that control are veiled from public view and are privately controlled in secret.”

John Coleman in his book “Beyond The Conspiracy: Unmasking the Invisible World Government – The Committee of 300”, 2007

“If Exxon pays Saudi Arabia $50 million, all that happens is that we debit Exxon and credit Saudi Arabia. The balance sheet of Citibank remains the same. And if they say they don’t like American banks, they’ll put it in Credit Suisse. All we do is charge Saudi Arabia and credit Credit Suisse. Our balance sheet remains the same. So when people run around waiting for the sky to fall there isn’t any way that money can leave the system. It’s a closed circuit.”

Citibank Chairman Walter Wriston

“Every country suspended the gold standard at the outbreak of the war [World War I]… This removed the automatic limitation on the supply of paper money. Then each country proceeded to pay for the war by borrowing from the banks. The banks created the money which they then lent by merely giving the Government a deposit of any size against which the Government could draw checks. The banks were no longer limited in the amount of credit they could create because they no longer had to pay out gold for checks on demand. Thus the creation of money in the form of credit by the banks was limited only by the demands of its borrowers.”
Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“Instrumental in control of economics by the rich has been the debt-based monetary system, where credit is treated as the monopoly of private financial interests who in turn control governments, intelligence services and military establishments. Politicians are bought and sold, elected or removed, or even assassinated for this purpose. The global monetary system is tightly controlled and coordinated at the top by the leaders of the central banks who work for the world’s richest people.”
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“World War I created astronomical debts in the nations that participated. These debts were held by the international bankers who organized and stage-managed the whole show from start to finish.
… In the fall of 1929 it was time for the international bankers to push the button that set in motion the machinery that resulted in World War II. After they, their agents and friends had sold out at the crest of an artificially inflated stock market boom, the international bankers pulled the rug out from under the whole system and sent the United States plunging into what became known as the Great Depression.”
Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?

“British financiers took the power of controlling the markets of the world… Loans to foreign countries are organized and arranged by the City of London … solely in order to increase indebtedness upon which the City thrives and grows rich …. This national and mainly international dictatorship of money plays off one country against another.”
Vincent Cartwright Vickers, 1910

“The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic banking network. The control of money creation at a world level constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination. The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial design is to override and destroy national currencies.”
Michel Chossudovsky

“The U.S. bailout … shows that countries do not need to borrow credit from foreign banks at all. The government could have created its own money and credit system rather than leaving foreign creditors to accrue interest charges that now represent a permanent and seemingly irreversible balance-of-payments drain. The United States has shown that any country can monetize its own credit, at least domestic credit.”
Michael Hudson and Jeffrey Sommers, 2008

“When governments fall into the trap of accepting loans in foreign currencies, they become “debtor nations” subject to IMF and BIS [Bank for International Settlements] regulation. They are forced to divert their production to exports, just to earn the foreign currency necessary to pay the interest on their loan.”
Andrew Gavin Marshall

” America is the largest debtor nation, and at the same time it is the world’s creditor. “Creating money out of thin air”, while at the same time imposing the U.S. dollar as a global currency constitutes the ultimate instrument of conquest and imperial domination.
The U.S. monetary system is supported by the most powerful military power on earth. The dollar is backed by U.S. military might, which constitutes a means for displacing national currencies and imposing the U.S. dollar. In this regard, the Federal Reserve’s overwhelming powers of money creation constitute an essential lever of an imperial monetary agenda.
… The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic banking network. The control of money creation at a world level constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination. The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial design is to override and destroy national currencies.”
Michel Chossudovsky in his book “The Global Economic Crisis”

“The US is bankrupt. However, the US dollar remains the world reserve currency. This means that the US can print money to pay its bills. As long as the world accepts the dollar as world reserve currency, the US will be able to continue its wars.”
Paul Craig Roberts

“In 1694, the Bank of England was formed as a private central bank, which would issue the currency of the nation, lending it to the government and industry at interest, which would be paid back to the Bank of England’s shareholders, made up of these private banking dynasties. The 16th to the 19th centuries was the period in which both the nation-state and capitalism emerged, soon followed by central banking in the late 1600s. This is when the origins of what was known as a “world economy” took place.”
Andrew Gavin Marshall in his book “Global Power and Global Government”

“The few who can understand the monetary system will be either so interested in its profits, or so dependent on its favours, that there will be no opposition from that class, while, on the other hand, that great body of people, mentally incapable of comprehending the tremendous advantage that Capital derives from the system, will bear its burden without complaint and, perhaps, without even suspecting that the system is inimical to their interests.”

letter written from London by the Rothschilds to their New York agents introducing their banking method into America

“A cartel of the most powerful international banks – the current primary dealers of the Federal Reserve System – hold a monopoly position in international banking. They have power over the entire economy. They sit at the top of the world’s monetary system, currently the Fed’s debt-dollar pyramid, with a governmental license to what has been the most secure capital in the world – US Treasury debt – for a monopoly price that nobody else can get.”
Damon Vrabel

MONEY LAUNDERING HUGE PROFITS FROM GLOBAL BANKING’S LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEM

“Drugs smugglers, terrorists and other criminals use exactly the same offshore mechanisms and subterfuges – shell banks, trusts, dummy corporations – that corporations use.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The City of London is the money-laundering centre of the world’s drug trade. In addition, due to incredibly lax financial laws by the British government, the London property market is built largely on the laundered money of crime from all over the world involving hidden tax havens, most of which are British.”
Graham Vanbergen

“The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank (HSBC), remains the largest and least controlled clearinghouse bank for the opium trade.”
John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“Laundered proceeds of drug trafficking, racketeering, corruption, and terrorism tag along with other forms of dirty money to which the United States and Europe lend a welcoming hand.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“New York and London… have become the world’s two biggest laundries of criminal and drug money, and offshore tax havens. Not the Cayman Islands, not the Isle of Man or Jersey. The big laundering is right through the City of London and Wall Street.”
Martin Woods, bank money laundering investigator, Observer newspaper, 2011

“In Britain, the MI-6 drug money is laundered through the Bank of England, Barclays Bank and other household name companies. The drug money is passed from account to account until its origins are lost in a huge web of transactions.
The drug money comes out ‘cleaner’ but not totally clean. Diamonds are then bought with this money from the diamond business families like the Oppenheimers. These diamonds are then sold and the drug money is clean.”
James Casbolt, former MI-6 Agent

“British Overseas Territories and Crown Dependencies make up around 25 per cent of the world’s tax havens.
Tax havens include Anguilla, Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, Montserrat and the Turks and Caicos Islands to name just a few and each is inextricably linked to the City of London’s crime offices.
The consequence of its operations is that money laundering is now at such levels and so widespread that the authorities have recently admitted defeat in its battle of attrition by stating openly it has been completely overwhelmed and lost control.”
Graham Vanbergen

“The next time you see those lovely advertisements of Swiss ski slopes, beautiful watches, pristine mountains and cuckoo clocks – that is not what Switzerland is about. It is about multi-billion dollar money laundering which is carried out by major Swiss banking houses.”
John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300″\

“Gold is so important to the entire drug trafficking business that the metal’s price is pegged to the price of raw opium in the Golden Triangle highlands. The escalation of the gold price has been so steady that all the numbers regarding the size of the opium trade may be gross underestimates.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”

“A large share of the multibillion dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking system. Most of the large international banks together with their affiliates in the offshore banking havens launder large amounts of narco-dollars.”
Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis”

“Vast quantities of gold are absorbed into the Asian drug trade – an inestimable percentage of the 400 to 600 tons of the metal that pass through the orient in a year, mainly through Hong Kong, and mainly through subsidiaries of the HongShang [HSBC]. The trade could not run without it and other precious, portable, untraceable substances-like diamonds.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”

“The City of London, with its own borders and police force, sits within the Isles of Britain as an international hub, the tax haven of all tax havens. The banks use offshore business organisations to escape regulation and the grip these organisations have over an ever weakened and corrupt political class is utterly astounding. The Conservative party is literally bankrolled by bankers and hedge funds. Half of the wealthiest hedge fund managers in the land pay millions each year to the Tories. This is neoliberalism out of control.”
Graham Vanbergen

“The retail proceeds of the total drug traffic in the United States are partly recycled into the drug operation in the United States itself, with large “off-take” by each level of the crime machine. The net profits, in cash, are laundered through hotels, restaurants, gambling casinos, and sports events.
… After the cash is laundered through these nominally legitimate channels, it is transferred to offshore banking operations or their equivalent. Then, the funds take several trips around the world over the telex machines of offshore banks, passing through at least a half dozen, and usually more, different bank accounts and corporate fronts, from the Caymans to Liechtenstein, from Liechtenstein to the Bahamas, from the Bahamas to a “nonresident corporation” in Canada, from Canada to Panama, and so forth.
At various points in the process, the funds will purchase diamonds, gold, paintings, or similar portable valuables. At a further point, the valuables will be translated back into cash, eliminating even the trace of a bank transfer. ”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”

“[It has been estimated that] 80 percent of the profits from drug trafficking ends up in the banks of the wealthy countries or their branches in the underdeveloped countries.”
Peter Dale Scott, 2003

“No government has ever touched the system which allowed [the drug trade to develop]. At best, a few accounts here and there have been seized. To this day, money-laundering is not even a criminal offense in 8 out of the 15 industrial nations. In the United States, the center of the problem, government action, is a joke: No top management has ever been charged or prosecuted for criminal money-laundering activity.”
DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992

“The large international banks that finance the drug trade, get it and launder it, using it to prop up their bankrupt international financial system.”
DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992

“Switzerland remains one the world’s biggest repositories for dirty money. In 2009 it hosted about $2.1 trillion in offshore accounts owned by non-residents, about half from Europe. This had been $3.1 trillion in 2007 before the global financial crisis.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“Most of the dirty money arising from the U.S. drug trade and related illegal activities ends up in the Bahamas.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”

“Money laundering, according to IMF estimates for the 1990s, was between 590 billion and 1.5 trillion dollars a year. The proceeds of the drug trade are deposited in the banking system. Drug money is laundered in the numerous offshore banking havens in Switzerland, Luxembourg, the British Channel Islands, the Cayman Islands and some 50 other locations around the globe. It is here that criminal syndicates involved in the drug trade and the representatives of the world’s largest commercial banks interact. Dirty money is deposited in these offshore havens, which are controlled by major Western banks and financial institutions which have a vested interest in maintaining and sustaining the drug trade.”
Michel Chossudovsky in his book “America’s War on Terrorism”

“Hong Kong was set up by the British, literally from bare rock, as a center for the drug trade, and remains to this day purely British, and purely a center for the drug trade… Britain (and its China allies) run every phase of international drug traffic… Hong Kong and related Far East operations are the chokepoint in the entire traffic, where dirty money is a way of life.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”

“A competent war on drugs must begin with a war against the banking institutions and bankers who ‘launder’ Dope, Inc.’s ill-gotten gains…Shut down the drug money-laundering by the major Anglo-American banks, and the dope cartel would choke to death on its own profits… Dope, Inc.’s vulnerable flank is the international network of banks and other financial institutions that ‘launder’ the cartel’s $558 billion per year in gross revenue… Action by governments against the drug bankers could rapidly shut down Dope, Inc.”
DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power, 1992

“Money laundering is simply everywhere. On the grand scale, it’s endemic to banking… Money laundering is not some distant fantasy. It’s actually how you handle the profits of extortion, tax evasion, criminal conspiracy and huge quantities of drug money, how you get that into the white sector… We pay vast sums of money to agencies that are supposed to stop money laundering. It doesn’t happen.”

author John le Carre

“The large international banks that finance the drug trade, get it and launder it, using it to prop up their bankrupt international financial system.”
from the book “DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992

“Drug profits are secured through the ability of the drug cartels to launder and transfer billions of dollars through the US banking system. The scale and scope of the US banking-drug cartel alliance surpasses any other economic activity of the US private banking system.”
James Petras

“Narco-dollars are channeled into “private banking” accounts in numerous offshore banking havens controlled by the large Western banks and financial institutions. The major Wall Street and European banks and stock brokerage firms launder billions of dollars resulting from the trade in narcotics.”
“The Destabilization of Haiti” an article by Michel Chossudovsky

“The United States is the world leader in global money laundering. According to the Department of Justice, the US launders between $500 billion – $1 trillion annually.”
“Narco-Dollars For Beginners” an article by Catherine Austin Fitts

“Vast quantities of gold are absorbed into the Asian drug trade – an inestimable percentage of the 400 to 600 tons of the metal that pass through the orient in a year, mainly through Hong Kong, and mainly through subsidiaries of the HongShang [HSBC]. The drug trade could not run without it and other precious, portable, untraceable substances-like diamonds.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”

“Only low echelon drug dealers get caught with drug money in their hands. The elite – Drexel Burnham, Credite Suisse, Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank (HSBC) – escape detection… American Express was and still is a conduit for laundering drug money.”
John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“A competent war on drugs must begin with a war against the banking institutions and bankers who ‘launder’ Dope, Inc.’s ill-gotten gains…Shut down the drug money-laundering by the major Anglo-American banks, and the dope cartel would choke to death on its own profits… Dope, Inc.’s vulnerable flank is the international network of banks and other financial institutions that ‘launder’ the cartel’s $558 billion per year in gross revenue… Action by governments against the drug bankers could rapidly shut down Dope, Inc.”
from the book “Dope. Inc.”, Executive Intelligence Review,1978

“If 700 billion dollars a year in illegal drug money is moved and laundered through the American and world economy, that money benefits financial markets and especially Wall Street. That’s the reason for maintaining the illegal drug trade.”
Daniel Estulin in hius book “Shadow Masters”

“No government has ever touched the system which allowed the drug trade to develop. Money-laundering is not even a criminal offense in 8 out of the 15 industrial nations. In the United States, the center of the problem, government action, is a joke: No top management has ever been charged or prosecuted for criminal money-laundering activity.”
from the book “DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992

“A large share of the multibillion dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking system. Most of the large international banks together with their affiliates in the offshore banking havens launder large amounts of narco-dollars.”
Michel Chossudovsky in the book “The Global Economic Crisis”

“Washington’s “war on drugs” is directed towards increasing U.S. power in Latin America. The use of drug money laundered through U.S. banks finances Washington’s trade imbalances, while the drug war increases Washington’s general influence over economic policy, allowing U.S.-based transnational corporations (TNCs) to buy Latin American public enterprises at scandalously low prices and to penetrate markets.”
“Globalization Unmasked” an araticle by James Petras and Henry Veltmeyer

“The British Crown Colony of Hong Kong, with the British Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation (HSBC) at the top, is considered the number-one money-laundering center for the heroin trade. Illegal drugs are the biggest business in the Far East — and close to being the biggest business in the world — but in Hong Kong, drugs do not merely dominate the economy: They are the economy.”
from the book “DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992

“Drug money was the only liquid investment capital available to banks on the brink of collapse, with roughly $325 billion in drug money absorbed by the financial system… In the second half of 2008, liquidity was the banking system’s main problem and hence liquid capital became an important factor. Interbank loans were funded by money that originated from drug trade and other illegal activities.”
Antonio Maria Costa, the head of United Nation’s Office on Drugs and Crime

“The Bank of International Settlements (BIS) and the IMF are nothing more than bully-boy clearing houses for the drug trade. The BIS undermines any country that the IMF wants to sink by setting up ways and means for the easy outflow of flight capital. Nor does BIS recognize nor make any distinction when it comes down to what is flight capital and what is laundered drug money.
The BIS operates on gangster lines. If a country will not submit to asset-stripping by the IMF, then it says in effect, “Right, then we will break you by means of the huge cache of narco-dollars we are holding.” It is easy to understand why gold was demonetized and substituted with the paper “dollar” as the world’s reserve currency. It is not as easy to blackmail a country holding gold reserves as it is one having its reserves in paper dollars.”
John Coleman in his book “Conspirators’ Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300”

“Some of the world’s leading private financial institutions are deeply implicated in the laundering of hundreds of billions of dollars a year in illegal dope money… Illegal drugs are the largest commodity in international trade, with the exception of petroleum, and the annual revenues of the narcotics traffic exceeds the national product of most of the world’s nations, and the revenues of the largest multinational companies.”
from the book “DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power”, 1992

“Banks act as clearing houses and money launderers of billions of dollars derived from drug money. The main “big name banks” are:
· The Bank of England
· The Federal Reserve Banks
· Bank of International Settlements
· The World Bank
· The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank
· American Express
American Express Bank Travelers checks are a convenient method of recycling drug dollars. Each of these banks is affiliated with and/or controls hundreds of thousands of large and small banks throughout the world.”
John Coleman in his book “The Committee of 300”

“The best-protected institutions of the British oligarchy prefer to launder their dirty money through Caribbean, Hong Kong, and similar branch operations, rather than in London itself.”
www.bibliotecapleyades.net – How the Drug Empire Works

MONOPOLY CAPITALISM “COMPETITION IS A SIN.”

“John D. Rockefeller J. P. Morgan, and other kingpins of the Money Trust were powerful monopolists. A monopolist seeks to eliminate competition. In fact, Rockefeller once said: “Competition is a sin.” These men were not free enterprise advocates.”

James Perloff in his book “The Shadows of Power: The Council on Foreign Relations and the American Decline”

“The philosophy of Wall Street financiers was anything but laissez-faire competition, which was the last system they envisaged. Socialism, communism, fascism or their variants were acceptable. The ideal for these financiers was “cooperation,” forced if necessary. Individualism was out, and competition was immoral… compulsory cooperation was their golden road to a legal monopoly.”
Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and FDR”, 1976

“If you wanted to control the nation’s manufacturing, commerce, finance, transportation and natural resources, you would need only to control the apex, the power pinnacle, of an all-powerful socialist government. Then you would have a monopoly and could squeeze out all your competitors. If you wanted a national monopoly, you must control a national socialist government. If you want a worldwide monopoly, you must control a world socialist government.
That is what the game is all about. “Communism” is not a movement of the downtrodden masses but is a movement created, manipulated and used by power-seeking billionaires in order to gain control over the world … first by establishing socialist governments in the various nations and then consolidating them all through a “Great Merger,” into an all-powerful world, socialist super-state.”
Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“The rules of big business: Get a monopoly; let Society work for you. So long as we see all international revolutionaries and all international capitalists as implacable enemies of one another, then we miss a crucial point – a partnership between international monopoly capitalism and international revolutionary socialism is for their mutual benefit.”
Frederick C. Howe, in his book “Confessions of a Monopolist”, 1906

“Capitalist competition naturally evolved into monopoly capitalism, as the winners of the free-market took over their competitors’ businesses and machinery. The free market soon became the private property of the mega-corporations.”
Shamus Cooke

“Monopoly capitalism is impossible unless you have a government with the power to strangle would-be competitors.
The easiest way to control or eliminate competitors is not to let them in the marketplace, but to use the power of government to exclude them from the marketplace. If you wish to control commerce, banking, transportation, and natural resources on a national level, you must control! the federal government. If you and your clique wish to establish worldwide monopolies, you must control World Government.”

Gary Allen in his book “The Rockefeller File”

“The objective of the financial elite is monopoly acquisition of wealth – corporate socialism. It thrives on the political process, and it would fade away if it were exposed to the activity of a free market.”
Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and FDR”, 1976

“It is through the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) that the international bankers and the global intelligence community mingle. The bankers and the spooks share a common goal of keeping the world safe for global monopoly capitalism and often intelligence operatives are recruited from the banking houses where their loyalties to the banking elite have been thoroughly tested.”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The Nazi state is a dictatorship of monopoly capitalism. Its ‘fascism’ is that of business enterprise organized on a monopoly basis, and in full command of all the military, police, legal and propaganda power of the state.”
economist Robert Brady

“John D. Rockefeller and his 19th century fellow-capitalists were convinced of one absolute truth: that no great monetary wealth could be accumulated under the impartial rules of a competitive laissez faire society. The only sure road to the acquisition of massive wealth was monopoly: drive out your competitors, reduce competition, eliminate laissez-faire, and above all get state protection for your industry through compliant politicians and government regulation. This last avenue yields a legal monopoly, and a legal monopoly always leads to wealth.”
Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and FDR”, 1976

“The Round Table Group wanted to control the people by having the government tax people and deposit the peoples money in a central bank. The Group would take control of the bank and therefore have control of the money. The Group would take control of the State Department and formulate government policy, which would determine how the money was spent. The Group would control the CIA which would gather information about people, and script and produce psycho-political operations focused at the people to influence them to act in accord with Round Table Group State Department policy decisions. The Group would work to consolidate all the nations of the world into a single nation, with a single central bank under their control, and a single International Security System. Some of the first legislation of the Wilson Administration was the institution of the graduated income tax (1913) and the creation of a central bank called the Federal Reserve. An inheritance tax was also instituted. These tax laws were used to rationalize the need for legislation that allowed the establishment of tax-exempt foundations. The tax-exempt foundations became the link between the Group member’s private corporations and the university system. The Group would control the universities by controlling the sources of their funding. The funding was money sheltered from taxes that was channeled in ways which would help achieve Round Table Group aims.”
Colonel Edward Mandell House – www.gemworld.com/

“Corporate socialism is a system where those few who hold the legal monopolies of financial and industrial control profit at the expense of all others in society.”
Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and FDR”, 1976

“Get a monopoly; let society work for you; and remember that the best of all business is politics, for a legislative grant, franchise, subsidy or tax exemption is worth more than a Kimberly or Comstock lode, since it does not require any labor, either mental or physical, for its exploitation.”
Frederick C Howe, in his book Confessions of a Monopolist, 1906

“John D. Rockefeller was a Machiavellian who boasted that he hated competition. Whenever he could, Rockefeller used the government to promote his own interests and to hinder his competitors. Monopoly capitalism is impossible unless you have a government with the power to strangle would-be competitors.
The easiest way to control or eliminate competitors is not to best them in the marketplace, but to use the power of government to exclude them from the marketplace. If you wish to control commerce, banking, transportation, and natural resources on a national level, you must control! the federal government. If you and your clique wish to establish worldwide monopolies, you must control World Government.”
Gary Allen in his book “The Rockefeller File”

“Without the monopoly concentration of mass media, there can be no modern propaganda. For propaganda to thrive, the media must remain concentrated, news agencies and services must be limited, the press must be under central command, and radio, film, and television monopolies must pervade.”
Nancy Snow

“There is only one way to make all wealth-producing activity dependent on corrupt privilege and beholden to corrupt power. That is to turn all wealth-producing activity into monopoly enterprise. And that is the reason we have a monopoly system today. It is the economy deliberately created by the party oligarchs in the interests of oligarchic power.
… It is just because monopoly is absolutely dependent on special privilege that the party oligarchs first created and today sustain monopoly, for all the wealth in the country that derives from monopoly wealth is privileged wealth, wealth allied to those who can dispense and protect special privilege.”
Walter Karp in his book “Indispensable Enemies”

OIL BIG OIL = BIG PROFITS AND BIG POWER

“The oil market is now cornered by five major companies – Exxon-Mobil, Chevron-Texaco, British Petroleum-Amoco-Arco, Royal Dutch Shell and Conoco-Phillips – which control over 60 percent of refinery output.
… The operating strategy … is to force independent refiners out of business, tighten gasoline supplies, and then jack up the price. Finally, when the profit skyrockets, take ads in newspapers to claim that the profit is reasonable.”
Ravi Batra in his book “The New Golden Age”, 2007

“Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Wells Fargo, Citigroup own Shell, Chevron, British Petroleum, Exxon, in tandem with Deusche Bank, Banque Paribas, Barclays and other European old money behemoths.”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf”

“The Rothschild, Rockefeller and Warburg banking combines control Big Oil… Royal Dutch/Shell is controlled by the Rothschild, Oppenheimer, Nobel and Samuel families along with the British House of Windsor and the Dutch House of Orange.”
Dean Henderson from his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“Control oil and you control nations.”
Henry Kissinger

“The Four Horsemen of Oil [British Petroleum, Royal Dutch Shell, ChevronTexaco, ExxonMobil] are the top four retailers of gas in the US and own every major pipeline in the world and the vast majority of oil tankers… Today they control over half the world’s uranium reserves, key to fueling nuclear power plants… Exxon Mobil is the leading coal producer in the US and has the second largest coal reserves.”
Dean Henderson from his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The Persian Gulf/Caspian Sea area is where most of the world’s remaining oil is located – approximately 70 percent of known petroleum reserves. Whoever controls Persian Gulf oil controls the world’s economy.”
Michael Klare in his book “Pox Americana”

“The Swedish Nobel and French Rothschild families discovered oil in Russia through their Far East Trading Company, which later combined with Oppenheimer family interests to become Shell Oil. The Dutch House of Orange joined forces with the British House of Windsor in the Dutch East Indies to launch Royal Dutch Petroleum (Shell).”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“Since the Bush-Cheney Administration took office in January 2001, controlling the major oil and natural gas fields of the world had been the primary, though undeclared, priority of US foreign policy.”
F. William Engdahl

“Drug networks are important factors in the politics of every continent. The United States returns repeatedly to the posture of fighting wars in areas of petroleum reserves with the aid of drug-trafficking allies – drug proxies – with which it has a penchant to become involved.”
Peter Dale Scott in his book “Drugs, Oil, and War: The United States in Afghanistan, Colombia, and Indochina”

“Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Wells Fargo, Citigroup own Shell, Chevron, British Petroleum, Exxon, in tandem with Deusche Bank, Banque Paribas, Barclays and other European old money behemoths.”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf”

“Since the Bush-Cheney Administration took office in January 2001, controlling the major oil and natural gas fields of the world had been the primary, though undeclared, priority of US foreign policy… Not only the invasion of Iraq, but also the toppling of the Taliban in Afghanistan, had nothing to do with ‘democracy,’ and everything to do with pipeline control across Central Asia and the militarization of the Middle East.”
F. William Engdahl

“The dollar’s current strength is supported by the requirement of the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC), secured originally by a secret agreement between the United States and Saudi Arabia, that all OPEC oil sales be denominated in dollars.”
Peter Dale Scott in his book “The Road to 9/11”

“Everyone knows: the Iraq war is largely about oil.”
Alan Greenspan, former chairman of the Federal Reserve, 2008

“We must never make it appear as if we went into Iraq for its oil.”
Republican Arizona Senator Jon Kyl

“The United States handled the quadrupling of oil prices in the 1970s by arranging, by means of secret agreements with the Saudis, to recycle petrodollars back into the U.S. economy. The first of these deals assured a special and ongoing Saudi stake in the health of the U.S. dollar; the second secured continuing Saudi support for the pricing of all OPEC oil in dollars. These two deals assured that the U.S. economy would not be impoverished by OPEC oil price hikes. The heaviest burdens would be borne instead by the economies of less developed countries.”
Peter Dale Scott, 2003

“One of the verboten topics is oil. Do you notice how it is almost never mentioned in the press as a real reason we went into Iraq. When is the last time you heard any major media outlet talking about it? Was there ever a magazine cover that asked — Was it About the Oil? Can you imagine Wolf Blitzer asking this question of a government official?
… Do Americans realize that the rest of the world, is absolutely convinced we went in for the oil?
Cenk Uygur, 2008

“We had virtually no economic options with Iraq, because the country floats on a sea of oil.”
Paul Wolfowitz, 2008

“Only in an America dumbed down by constant propaganda about our innate moral superiority will anyone any longer believe that we didn’t invade Iraq for the oil.”
Robert Scheer, 2008

“The United States is not interested in the oil in that region from Iraq. That’s just utter nonsense.”
Donald Rumsfeld, US. Secretary of Defense, interview with Al Jazeera TV, February 25, 2003

“We’re there in Iraq because that part of the world controls the world supply of oil, and whoever controls the supply of oil would have a stranglehold on the American economy and indeed on the world economy.”
Secretary of Defense Dick Cheney, 1990

“Regardless of whether we say so publicly, we will go to war, because Saddam sits at the center of a region with more than 60 percent of all the world’s oil reserves.”
Anthony H. Cordesman, senior analyst at Washington’s Center for Strategic and International Studies

“After U.S. troops captured Baghdad in April 2003, they were ordered to protect the Oil Ministry even as looters ransacked priceless antiquities from Iraq’s national museums and stole explosives from unguarded military arsenals.”
Jason Leopold, Global Research, 2009

“The US-led war in the broader Middle East Central Asian region consists in gaining control over more than sixty percent of the world’s reserves of oil and natural gas. The Anglo-American oil giants also seek to gain control over oil and gas pipeline routes out of the region. Muslim countries including Saudi Arabia, Iraq, Iran, Kuwait, the United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Yemen, Libya, Nigeria, Algeria, Kazakhstan, Azerbaijan, Malaysia, Indonesia, Brunei, possess between 66.2 and 75.9 percent of total oil reserves.”
Michel Chossudovsky, 2012

“Right after World War II … the United States moved to dominate a global system for the production and distribution of oil. Starting with the Truman Doctrine in 1946, U.S. geostrategic thinking was oil based. What began as a strategy for containment of the Soviet Union has become more and more nakedly a determination to control the oil resources of the world. This pursuit has progressively deformed the domestic U.S. economy, rendering it more and more unbalanced and dependent on heavy military expenditures in remote and ungovernable areas-most recently Afghanistan.”
Peter Dale Scott, 2003

“Washington and the New York banks had exchanged their flawed postwar Bretton Woods gold exchange system for a new, highly unstable petroleum-based dollar exchange system, which, unlike the gold exchange system, they reckoned they could control. Henry Kissinger and the financial establishment of London and New York had in effect replaced the old gold exchange standard of the postwar world with their own ‘petrodollar standard.'”
William Engdahl in his book “A Century of War”

“The American habit of training, arming, and financing its drug-trafficking allies in order to help secure oil resources abroad has been a major factor in the huge increase in global illicit drug trafficking since World War II.”
Peter Dale Scott, 2003

PANICS, DEPRESSIONS AND FINANCIAL COUPS RUINING THE LITTLE PEOPLE

“In early 1929, the Federal Reserve board of governors called upon the member banks to reduce their loans on stock-exchange collateral, and took other actions with the publicly pronounced aim of reducing the amount of credit available for speculation. Yet, it had the reverse effect, as the available credit went more and more to speculation and decreasingly to productive business. On September 26, 1929, London was hit with a financial panic, and the Bank of England raised its bank rate, causing British money to leave Wall Street, and the over-inflated market commenced to sag, leading to a panic by mid-October.
The BIS [Bank of International Settlements] was established to remedy the decline of London as the world’s financial center by providing a mechanism by which a world with three chief financial centers in London, New York, and Paris could still operate as one.
The BIS was founded by the central banks of Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Japan, and the United Kingdom along with three leading commercial banks from the United States, including J.P. Morgan & Company, First National Bank of New York, and First National Bank of Chicago.”
Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“On August 9, 1929 the pin was inserted into the bubble. On that date, the Federal Reserve raised its discount rate to six percent and simultaneously began to sell securities on the open market. Both actions acted to shrink bank reserves and therefore the money supply… The market reached its peak on September 19, then started its slide downward. On October 24 the slide became a torrent, and on October 29, the market collapsed.
While the uninformed were in the process of loosing their shirts, the insiders who had sold out before the crash were now to be found, with cash at the ready, on the buying side. Companies whose stock had dropped to a fraction of their value were still basically viable, but their ownership, in large measure, had been shifted from, to use Andrew Mellon’s phrase, the “less competent people,” who had been sucked into the speculative maelstrom created by the Fed’s easy credit, to the financial elites, who had been made privy to the crash that was around the corner. Great fortunes were made or added to by the latter.
… Virtually all of the inner club was rescued from The Depression. There is no record of any member of the interlocking directorate between the Federal Reserve, the major New York banks, and their prime customers having been caught by surprise.”
G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island””

“The depression [of 1929] was the calculated ‘shearing’ of the public by the World Money powers, triggered by the planned sudden shortage of supply of call money in the New York money market. The One World Government leaders and their ever close bankers have now acquired full control of the money and credit machinery of the U.S. via the creation of the privately owned Federal Reserve Bank.”
Curtis Dall, FDR’s son-in-law as quoted in his book “My Exploited Father-in-Law”

“Having built the Federal Reserve as a tool to consolidate and control wealth, the international bankers were now ready to make a major killing. Between 1923 and 1929, the Federal Reserve expanded (inflated) the money supply by sixty-two percent. Much of this new money was used to bid the stock market up to dizzying heights.
… On February 6, 1929… the Federal Reserve Board reversed its easy money policy and began raising the discount rate. The balloon which had been inflated constantly for nearly seven years was about to be exploded.
… The investing public, including most stock brokers and bankers, took a horrendous blow in the [1929] crash, but not the [international financial] “Insiders”. They were either out of the market or had sold “short” so that they made enormous profits as the Dow Jones plummeted.”
Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“When the President signs this act [Federal Reserve Act of 1913], the invisible government by the money power – proven to exist by the Monetary Trust Investigation – will be legalized. The new law will create inflation whenever the trusts want inflation. From now on, depressions will be scientifically created.”
– Charles A. Lindbergh, Sr., Congressman (R-MN), (father of famous aviator), Senate, Nov. 1912

“The Depression of 1929 was not accidental. It was a carefully contrived occurrence. The international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair here [United States] so that they might emerge as rulers of us all.”
– Louis T. McFadden, Chairman of the U.S. House of Representatives’ Banking and Currency Committee, 1932

“Capital must protect itself in every possible way, both by combination and legislation. Debts must be collected, mortgages foreclosed as rapidly as possible. When, through the process of law, the common people lose their homes, they will become more docile and more easily governed through the strong arm of government applied by a central power of wealth under leading financiers. These truths are well known among our principal men who are now engaged in forming an imperialism to govern the world. By dividing the voter through the political party system, we can get them to expend their energies in fighting for questions of no importance. It is thus by discreet action we can secure for ourselves that which has been so well planned and so successfully accomplished.”
– American’s Banker Association, 1924

“In the fall of 1929 it was time for the international bankers to push the button that set in motion the machinery that resulted in World War II. After they, their agents and friends had sold out at the crest of an artificially inflated stock market boom, the international bankers pulled the rug out from under the whole system and sent the United States plunging into what became known as the Great Depression.”
– Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“Plummeting stock prices [in 1929] ruined small investors, but not the top “insiders” on Wall Street. Paul Warburg had issued a tip in March of 1929 that the Crash was coming. Before it did, John D. Rockefeller, Bernard Baruch, Joseph P. Kennedy, and other money barons got out of the market.
… Early withdrawal from the market not only preserved the fortunes of these men: it also enabled them to return later and buy up whole companies for a song.”– James Perloff in his book “The Shadows of Power”

“The structure of financial controls created by the tycoons of ‘Big Banking’ and ‘Big Business’ was of extraordinary complexity, one business fief being built on another, both being allied with semi-independent associates, the whole rearing upward into two pinnacles of economic and political power, of which one, centered in New York, was headed by J. P. Morgan and Company and the other, in Ohio, was headed by the Rockefeller family. When the two cooperated, as they generally did, they could influence the economic life of the country to a large degree and could almost control its political life, at least at the Federal level. They caused the “panic of 1907″ and the collapse of two railroads, one in 1914 and the other in 1929.”
– Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“World War I created astronomical debts in the nations that participated. These debts were held by the international bankers who organized and stage-managed the whole show from start to finish.
… In the fall of 1929 it was time for the international bankers to push the button that set in motion the machinery that resulted in World War II. After they, their agents and friends had sold out at the crest of an artificially inflated stock market boom, the international bankers pulled the rug out from under the whole system and sent the United States plunging into what became known as the Great Depression.”
– Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?

“Central banks control the monetary system of the world and determine when business cycles are going to change simply by increasing or decreasing the money supply in the banking system.”– Joan Veon

“A global financial cabal engineered a fraudulent housing and debt bubble [2008], illegally shifted vast amounts of capital out of the US; and used ‘privatization’ as a form of piracy — a pretext to move government assets to private investors at below-market prices and then shift private liabilities back to government at no cost to the private liability holder… Clearly, there was a global financial coup d’etat underway.”
– Catherine Austin Fitts

“I know of no severe depression, in any country or any time, that was not accompanied by a sharp decline in the stock of money, and equally of no sharp decline in the stock of money that was not accompanied by a severe depression.”
– Milton Friedman

“Since 97% of the money in the world is created from debt, any loans paid off decreases the amount of money in circulation. And when no further loans are given, the circulating money stock falls dramatically, adversely affecting businesses and the economy at large. This intentional reduction of the money supply leads to widespread business failures, high unemployment, foreclosures on property, and severe hardship within the community. On the other hand, great wealth is transferred from defaulting borrowers to the banksters.”
– Gabriel Donohoe

POPULATION CONTROL PRESERVING THE WORLD FOR THE PLUTOCRATS

“Henry Kissinger produced, in April 1974, the classified National Security Council Study Memorandum 200 (NSSM 200), directed to Washington high officialdom, defining a program aimed at population reduction in Third World countries possessing needed raw materials, since growing populations with aspirations for a better standard of living give rise to high prices for such materials. Kissinger named 13 target countries for population control, including Brazil, India, Egypt, Mexico, Ethiopia, Columbia, and others.
[In the 1970s] most of the Third World, including the bulk of South America, Africa, and the Asian underbelly, unable to afford the oil they needed, found not only their industrial development stopped, but even food purchases curtailed, and starvation threatening. Far from living standards continuing the growth begun during the 50’s and 60’s, many of these countries were being pushed back to a condition of bare subsistence.”
F William Engdahl in his book “A Century of War”

“In 1969 the Senate Church Committee discovered that the US Defense Department (DOD) had requested a budget of tens of millions of taxpayer dollars for a program to speed development of new viruses which target and destroy the human immune system… Out of this research came the AIDS virus which was targeted at “undesirable elements” of the population.
The first AIDS viruses were administered through a massive smallpox vaccine campaign in central and southern Africa by the World Health Organization in 1977. A year later ads appeared in major US newspapers soliciting “promiscuous gay male volunteers” to take part in a Hepatitis B vaccine study. The program targeted male homosexuals age 20-40 in New York City, Los Angeles, Chicago, St. Louis and San Francisco. It was administered by the US Centers for Disease Control which, under its earlier incarnation as the US Public Health Department in Atlanta, oversaw the Tuskegee syphilis experiments on African American males.”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The World Order program for the future … [includes] the gradual annihilation of the populations of the United States, Canada and Western Europe. The reduction of world population from the present 4.85 billion to 1 billion, the number it had attained in 1800, solving the disastrous pollution of air and water and the exhaustion of natural resources.”
Eustace Mullins, “The World Order”, 1985

“We have a hothouse filled with corn plants that make anti-sperm antibodies.”
Epicyte president Mitch Hein

“The US and UK governments’ relentless backing for the global spread of genetically modified seeds was in fact the implementation of a decades long policy of the Rockefeller Foundation since the 1930’s, when it funded Nazi eugenics research… As some of these circles saw it, war as a means of population reduction was costly and not that efficient.
… The Rockefeller Foundation, working with John D. Rockefeller Ill’s Population Council, the World Bank, the UN Development Program and the Ford Foundation, and others, had been working with the WHO (World Health Organization) for 20 years to develop an anti-fertility vaccine using tetanus, as well as with other vaccines.”
F. William Engdahl in his book “Seeds of Destuction”

“Eugenics was the racist pseudoscience determined to wipe away all human beings deemed ‘unfit,’ preserving only those who conformed to a Nordic stereotype.
… Eugenics would have been so much bizarre parlor talk had it not been for extensive financing by corporate philanthropies, specifically the Carnegie Institution, the Rockefeller Foundation and the Harriman railroad fortune… The Rockefeller Foundation helped found the German eugenics program and even funded the program that Josef Mengele worked in before he went to Auschwitz.
The most commonly suggested method of eugenicide in America was a ‘lethal chamber’ or public locally operated gas chambers. Eugenic breeders believed American society was not ready to implement an organized lethal solution. But many mental institutions and doctors practiced improvised medical lethality and passive euthanasia on their own.”
Edwin Black, 2003

“It is necessary that the United States cut its population by two-thirds within the next 50 years.”
Howard T. Odum a marine biologist at the University of Florida and a member of the Club of Rome, 1980

“I do not pretend that birth control is the only way in which population can be kept from increasing …. War has hitherto been disappointing in this respect, but perhaps bacteriological war may prove more effective. If a Black Death could be spread throughout the world once in every generation, survivors could procreate freely without making the world too full.”
Bertrand Russell

“Scientists have created the ultimate GM crop: contraceptive corn.
The pregnancy prevention plants are the handiwork of the San Diego biotechnology company Epicyte, where researchers have discovered a rare class of human antibodies that attack sperm.
By isolating the genes that regulate the manufacture of these antibodies, and by putting them in corn plants, the company has created tiny horticultural factories that make contraceptives.
Contraceptive corn is based on research on the rare condition, immune infertility, in which a woman makes antibodies that attack sperm.”
Robin McKie, The Guardian newspaper

“Population reduction and genetically engineered crops were clearly part of a broad strategy: the drastic reduction of the world’s population. It was in fact a sophisticated form of what the Pentagon termed biological warfare, promulgated under the name of “solving the world hunger problem.”
F. William Engdahl

“The Birth Control League had long trumpeted the need for eugenical births — fewer births for parents with “inferior” bloodines… The Birth Control League … chang[ed] its name to Planned Parenthood.”
Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton Chaitkinin their book “George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography”

“There is a single theme behind all our work; we must reduce population levels. Either they do it our way, through nice clean methods or they will get the kind of mess that we have in El Salvador, or in Iran, or in Beirut… Once population is out of control it requires authoritarian government, even fascism, to reduce it… The professionals aren’t interested in reducing population for humanitarian reasons… Civil wars are somewhat drawn-out ways to reduce population. The quickest way to reduce population is through famine like in Africa. We go into a country and say, here is your goddamn development plan. Throw it out the window. Start looking at your population …if you don’t …then you’ll have an El Salvador or an Iran, or worse, a Cambodia.
… To accomplish what the State Department deems adequate population control, the civil war (in El Salvador run by CIA) would have to be greatly expanded. You have to pull all the males into fighting and kill significant numbers of fertile, child-bearing age females. You are killing a small number of males and not enough fertile females to do the job… If the war went on 30-40 years, you might accomplish something.”
United States’ Latin American Office of Population Affairs (OPA) case officer Thomas Ferguson

PROFIT OVER PEOPLE RESOURCE EXTRACTION AND STRUCTURAL ADJUSTMENT: GLOBALIZED IMMISERATON OF THE POOR AND THE VULNERABLE

“Somehow we find it hard to sell our values, namely that the rich should plunder the poor.”

Secretary of State John Foster Dulles (Eisenhower Administration)

“War is inextricably linked to the impoverishment of people at home and around the world. Militarization and the economic crisis are intimately related. The provision of essential goods and services to meet basic human needs has been replaced by a profit-driven “killing machine” in support of America’s “Global War on Terror”. The poor are made to fight the poor. Yet war enriches the upper class, which controls industry, the military, oil and banking. In a war economy, death is good for business, poverty is good for society, and power is good for politics. Western nations, particularly the United States, spend hundreds of billions of dollars a year to murder innocent people in far-away impoverished nations.”

Michel Chossudovsky and Andrew Gavin Marshall

“A 2008 study from the University of Massachusetts examined the capital flight from forty African countries from 1970 to 2004.
Real capital flight over the 35-year period amounted to about $420 billion (in 2004 dollars) for the 40 countries as a whole. Including imputed interest earnings, the accumulated stock of capital flight was about $607 billion as of end-2004.
… The total external debt of these countries was ‘only’ $227 billion. So, Africa is a net creditor to the rest of the world, with its net external assets vastly exceeding its debts. Yet there is a crucial difference between the assets and the liabilities: The subcontinent’s private external assets belong to a narrow, relatively wealthy stratum of its population, while public external debts are borne by he people through their governments.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“Africa is extremely rich in many resources, from agriculture to oil, minerals, and a huge variety of other resources used all around the world. If African nations were able to develop their own economies, use their own resources, and create their own industries and businesses, they could become self-sufficient at first, and then may become a force of great competition for the established industries and elites around the world. After all, Europe does not have much to offer in terms of resources, as the continent’s wealth has largely come from plundering the resources of regions like Africa, and in becoming captains of monetary manipulation. A revitalized, vibrant, economically independent and successful Africa could spell the end of Western financial dominance. ”
Andrew Gavin Marshall

“Masquerading as the advocate of human rights and liberal democracy, the global economic and political order being imposed in the name of globalization and free markets seeks to establish a virtual monopoly of multinational corporations that are destructive to people and the physical environment.”
Social Justice magazine, 2000

“There is no known case in which globalization has led to prosperity in any Third World country, and none of the world’s twenty-four reasonably developed capitalist nations, regardless of their ideological explanations, got where they are by following any of the prescriptions contained in globalization doctrine.”

Chalmers Johnson in his book “Sorrows of Empire”

“The rise of Third World lending in the 1970s and 1980s laid the foundations for a global tax haven network that now shelters the world’s most venal citizens.
… In the 1970s and 1980s at least half of the money borrowed by the largest Third World debtor countries flowed right out again under the table, usually in less than a year, and typically in just weeks. Third World public debts were matched almost exactly by the stock of private wealth their elites had accumulated in the US and other havens.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“Every time weaker nations have attempted to reallocate their resources and undertake land reform to feed starving populations, powerful interests emanating from the rich world and its multilateral bodies have thwarted their efforts.”

Susan George

“When the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund lend money to debtor countries, the money comes with strings attached. These strings come in the form of policy prescriptions called ‘structural adjustment policies.’ These policies require debtor governments to open their economies to penetration by foreign corporations, allowing access to the country’s workers and environment at bargain basement prices. Structural adjustment policies mean across-the-board privatization of public utilities and publicly owned industries. They mean the slashing of government budgets, leading to cutbacks in spending on health care and education. And, as their imposition in country after country in Latin America, Africa, and Asia has shown, they lead to deeper inequality and environmental destruction.”
Global Exchange

“Corporations want to move in and grab hold of everything, be it education, health, medical care, water supplies, electrical utilities, whatever else. Privatize and deregulate. That’s their goal, the third worldization of America – and everywhere else. They just want to get richer and richer and make us work harder and harder for less and less. That’s what globalization and the “free market” are all about.”

Michael Parenti

“America can’t let us stay in power. We are the exception to the new globalization order. If we succeed, we are an example to all the Americas.”
Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez’s minister Miguel Bustamante Madriz

“Today corporate globalization needs an international confederation of loyal, corrupt, authoritarian governments in poorer countries to push through unpopular reforms and quell the mutinies. It needs a press that pretends to be free. It needs courts that pretend to dispense justice.”

Arundhati Roy in her book “War Talk”

“Since the 1980s, it is mainly the Structural Adjustment Programs (SAPs) of the World Bank and the IMF that act as the enforcers of neoliberalism. These programs are levied against the countries of the South which can be extorted due to their debts. Meanwhile, numerous military interventions and wars help to take possession of the assets that still remain, secure resources, install neoliberalism as the global economic politics, crush resistance movements, and facilitate the lucrative business of reconstruction.”
Claudia von Werlhof

“Beginning in the late 1970s, the World Bank and IMF mandated a shift away from industrialization toward economies based solely on the export of raw materials and agricultural products. Loans were now to be used as leverage to impose what were called Structural Adjustment Programs (SAPs), that mandated slashing social spending, eliminating price subsidies and trade tariffs, and privatizing government-owned industries and services-all in order to pay down foreign debt.”
Lena Weinstein

“After the brutal Nigerian president Sani Abacha died in 1998, it was revealed that he had skimmed off billions of dollars of oil money. Two countries in particular soaked up his embezzled wealth – Britain and Switzerland.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The neoliberal global system never was open in practice. America never imposed on itself the kind of shock therapy that President Clinton’s Treasury Secretary Robert Rubin promoted in Russia and the rest of the former Soviet bloc, from the Baltic countries in the northwest to Central Asia in the southeast. Just the opposite! Despite the fact that America’s own balance of trade and payments is soaring, consumer prices are rising and financial and property markets are plunging, there are no calls among its power elite to let the system self-correct. The Treasury is subsidizing America’s financial markets so as to save its financial class and support its asset prices. Interest rates are being lowered to re-inflate asset prices, not raised to stabilize the dollar or slow domestic price inflation.”
Michael Hudson and Jeffrey Sommers

“The entire thirty-year history of he Chicago School experiment has been one of mass corruption and corporatist collusion between security states and large corporations, from Chile’s piranhas, to Argentina’s crony privatizations, to Russia’s oligarchs, to Enron’s energy shell game, to Iraq’s “free fraud zone.” The point of shock therapy is to open up a window for enormous profits to be made very quickly-not despite the lawlessness but precisely because of it.”
Naomi Klein in her book “The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism”

“The Latin American debt crisis … erupted as a direct result of [US Federal Reserve Chairman Paul] Volcker’s interest rate shock therapy. In August 1982 Mexico announced it could no longer pay the interest on its staggering dollar debt. Mexico, along with most of the Third World from Argentina to Brazil, from Nigeria to Congo, from Poland to Yugoslavia, had fallen for the New York banks’ debt trap.”
F. William Engdahl in his book “Gods of Money”

“Along with former Federal Reserve chairman Paul Volcker; Citibank vice-chairman H. Anno Ruding, who was formerly with the IMF; and Harvard Professor Jeffrey Sachs, George Soros had a big hand in creating the Polish model of “shock therapy.” [Sachs drew Soros’s attention through his work in implementing IMF-style “shock therapy” in Bolivia.]”
Executive Intelligence Review Special Report, April 1997

“The Communist state was simply replaced with a corporatist one: the beneficiaries of the boom were confined to a small club of Russians, many of them former Communist Party apparatchiks, and a handful of Western mutual fund managers who made dizzying returns investing in newly privatized Russian companies. A clique of nouveaux billionaires, many of whom were to become part of the group universally known as “the oligarchs” for their imperial levels of wealth and power, teamed up with Yeltsin’s Chicago Boys and stripped the country of nearly everything of value, moving the enormous profits offshore at a rate of $2 billion a month. Before shock therapy, Russia! had no millionaires; by 2003, the number of Russian billionaires had risen to seventeen, according to the Forbes list.
… By 1998, more than 80 percent of Russian farms had gone bankrupt, and roughly seventy thousand state factories had closed, creating an epidemic of unemployment. In 1989, before shock therapy, 2 million people in the Russian Federation were living in poverty, on less than $4 a day. By the time the shock therapists had administered their “bitter medicine” in the mid-nineties, 74 million Russians were living below the poverty line, according to the World Bank. That means that Russia’s “economic reforms” can claim credit for the impoverishment of 72 million people in only eight years. By 1996, 25 percent of Russians – almost 37 million people-lived in poverty described as “desperate.”
Russia’s population is … in dramatic decline-the country is losing roughly 700,000 people a year. Between 1992, the first full year of shock therapy, and 2006, Russia’s population shrank by 6.6 million.”
Naomi Klein in her book “The Shock Doctrine: The Rise of Disaster Capitalism”

“The aim of Washington’s IMF “market reforms” in the former Soviet Union was brutally simple: destroy the economic ties that bound Moscow to each part of the Soviet Union …. IMF shock therapy was intended to create weak, unstable economies on the periphery of Russia, dependent on Western capital and on dollar inflows for their survival — a form of neocolonialism …. The Russians were to get the standard Third World treatment… IMF conditionalities and a plunge into poverty for the population. A tiny elite were allowed to become fabulously rich in dollar terms, and manipulable by Wall Street bankers and investors.”
William Engdahl in his book” A Century of War”

“Economic hit men (EHMs) are highly paid professionals who cheat countries around the globe out of trillions of dollars. They funnel money from the World Bank, the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID), and other foreign “aid” organizations into the coffers of huge corporations and the pockets of a few wealthy families who control the planet’s natural resources. Their tools include fraudulent financial reports, rigged elections, payoffs, extortion, sex, and murder. They play a game as old as empire, but one that has taken on new and terrifying dimensions during this time of globalization.”
John Perkins in his book “Confessions of Economic Hit Man”

“The country has been intentionally plundered and will eventually wind up in the hands of its creditors… After a nation is successfully driven to destitution, public policy decisions are made by creditors and not by representatives of the people …. The catastrophe that middle class Americans face is what these elites breezily refer to as “shock therapy”; a sudden jolt, followed by fundamental changes to the system. In the near future we can expect tax reform, fiscal discipline, deregulation, free capital flows, lowered tariffs, reduced public services, and privatization.”
Mike Whitney

“For over 40 years, Washington had quietly supported Yugoslavia, and the Tito model of mixed socialism, as a buffer against the Soviet Union. As Moscow’s empire began to fall apart, Washington had no more use for a buffer – especially a nationalist buffer which was economically successful, one that might convince neighboring states in eastern Europe that a middle way, other than IMF shock therapy, was possible. The Yugoslav model had to be dismantled, for this reason alone, in the eyes of top Washington strategists. The fact that Yugoslavia also lay on a critical path to the potential oil riches of central Asia merely added to the argument.”
William Engdahl in his book” A Century of War”

“The World Bank and the International Monetary Fund began to tie loans to “structural adjustment” programs, which channeled more of the debtor country’s financial and productive resources toward debt repayment.
… Structural adjustments were originally imposed on an ad hoc basis upon individual nations when it appeared that they could not keep up with existing debt payments. By 1985, fifteen debtor nations had been subjected to SAPs, and by 1991, a quarter of the World Bank’s total lending was tied to structural adjustment in 54 nations. As more of the “debtor” nations’ dwindling resources went to debt service, new loans were simply used to repay previous loans, and the total debt of the low income nations more than quadrupled from $100 to $473 billion between 1980 and 1992. World Bank and IMF “reforms” continued, and by the mid-1990s, more than a hundred countries and 80 percent of the world’s population had been “structurally adjusted.” The average developing nation’s debt payments were a third of its gross national product.
… When no more money or exports can be squeezed from the poor, selling state-owned companies to Northern corporations becomes an option… Once again, a handful of multinational corporations are the beneficiaries.
Structural adjustment proved to be such a useful tool for leveraging corporate power that it was time to make it a permanent part of the global economy, and that is just what the international trade treaties of the 1990s have done – codified the elements of structural adjustment into international law.”
George Draffan in his book “The Elite Consensus”

“The IMF and World Bank are the chief pushers of the whole scheme of structural adjustments that are designed to further open up the Third World economies for penetration and plunder by private monopoly corporations. We call for the abrogation of all loan agreements that provide for structural adjustment, public assumption of private debts and the further exposure of the Third World economies to plunder by private multinational giants.”
Cebu Declaration, Philippine-Asia Jubilee Campaign Against the Debt, May 18, 1999, Cebu City, Philippines

“The debt is used as a justification to maintain neoliberal policies, including what are known as structural adjustment programs, as institutional mechanisms to perpetuate a state of dependence. Bail-out programs by creditors, with the support of the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank have only served to ensure the continuity for mechanisms to keep countries deep in debt.”
Tegucigalpa Declaration, Latin American and Caribbean Jubilee 2000 Platform, Tegucigalpa, Honduras, January 27, 1999

“By the 1980s, U.S. policymakers were rejecting the view that a more prosperous, economically independent Third World would serve the interests of U.S. capitalism. And once there no longer was a competing socialist world to which Third World leaders might threaten to turn, the United States felt freer than ever to undo any kind of autonomous development in Asia, Africa, and Latin America. One rollback weapon is the debt. In order to meet payments and receive new credits from the US-dominated World Bank and International Monetary Fund (IMF), Third World governments have had to agree to merciless “structural adjustment programs,” including reductions in social programs, cuts in wages, the elimination of import controls, the removal of restrictions on foreign investments, the privatization of state enterprises, and the elimination of domestic food production in favor of high profit export crops.”
Michael Parenti

“Structural adjustment imposed by the World Bank and IMF have brought disaster to the working poor of as many as 100 countries, forced to open their markets to a flood of cheap imports while the rich refuse to abandon their subsidies, quotas and high tariffs. The result is brutal suppression of wages and living standards and elimination of social programs.”
Noam Chomsky in his book “Year 501”

“The IMF imposes strict conditions on debtor nations that force them to concentrate on producing cheap exports in order to increase foreign reserves needed to pay interest on their debt. These structural adjustment programs include currency devaluation, reduced wages, cutbacks to social programs, and reliance on the market system. All of these programs benefit creditor nations such as the United States at the expense of the debtor nations.”
David Model in his book “Lying for Empire”

“By 1998, more than 80 percent of Russian farms had gone bankrupt, and roughly seventy thousand state factories had closed, creating an epidemic of unemployment. In 1989, before shock therapy, 2 million people in the Russian Federation were living in poverty, on less than $4 a day. By the time the shock therapists had administered their “bitter medicine” in the mid-nineties, 74 million Russians were living below the poverty line, according to the World Bank. That means that Russia’s “economic reforms” can claim credit for the impoverishment of 72 million people in only eight years. By 1996, 25 percent of Russians – almost 37 million people-lived in poverty described as “desperate.””
Naomi Klein in her book “The Shock Doctrine”

“The real axis of evil is composed of the World Trade Organization, the World Bank, and the International Monetary Fund.”

George Katsiaficas in the book “Masters of War”

“The IMF, the World Bank and the WTO (World Trade Organisation) are largely controlled by the rich countries so these institutions devise and implement policies that those countries want.”

Ha-Joon Chang in his book “Bad Samaritans: The Myth of Free Trade and the Secret History of Capitalism”

“The World Bank, IMF, and private banks have consistently lavished huge sums on terror regimes, following their displacement of democratic governments, and a number of quantitative studies have shown a systematic positive relationship between U.S. and IMF / World Bank aid to countries and their violations of human rights.”

Edward S. Herman

“The IMF and World Bank are the chief pushers of the whole scheme of structural adjustments that are designed to further open up the Third World economies for penetration and plunder by private monopoly corporations. We call for the abrogation of all loan agreements that provide for structural adjustment, public assumption of private debts and the further exposure of the Third World economies to plunder by private multinational giants.”

“When the IMF and the World Bank force a country to cut wages, lay off workers, produce for export instead of their own people, and sell off public property to cronies for less than its vallue, that’s called “economic reform.”

Robert Naiman, 1999

“Mexico was the star pupil. It did everything right, and religiously followed the World Bank and IMF’s prescriptions. It was called another great economic miracle, and it probably was – for the rich. But for most of the Mexican people, it’s been a complete disaster.”

Noam Chomsky in his book “The Common Good”

“The World Bank and the International Monetary Fund (IMF), which represents most of the major banks in the Western world, produced a proposal [1980s] that basically demanded that developing countries sacrifice government spending on health, education, and welfare in order to service the debt and that they increase the export of commodity or luxury goods to earn more money.”

Helen Caldicott in her book ” If You Love this Planet”

“We turned the World Bank, the IMF, and other “multinational” institutions into colonizing tools. We negotiated lucrative deals for U.S. corporations, established “free” trade agreements that blatantly served our exporters at the expense of those in the Third World, and burdened other countries with unmanageable debts. In effect, we created surrogate governments that appeared to represent their people but in reality were our servants.”

John Perkins in his book “The Secret History of the American Empire”

“The World Bank, the IMF, and the WTO consider the ideal country to be one in which all assets and resources are owned by foreign corporations producing for export to generate foreign exchange to repay international debts. Their favored country has no public services. Power, water, education, health care, social security, and financial services are all owned and operated by foreign corporations for profit on a fee for service basis. Food and other goods for domestic consumption are all imported from abroad and paid for with money borrowed from foreign banks.”

David Korten

“Never before in history have the poor financed the rich on such a scale and paid so dearly for their servitude. During the 1980s, the Third World sent to the West $220 billion more than was sent to them in any form. At the current rates of interest, it is a mathematical impossibility for most countries to pay off their debt. Many had to agree to ‘structural adjustment’ by the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund (IMF). This has often meant the end of uncertain protection for the old, young and sick and ‘wage restraint’ in countries where the difference between wage and peonage is slight.”

John Pilger in his book “Distant Voices”

“The World Trade Organization, the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund and other financial institutions virtually write economic policy and parliamentary legislation. With a deadly combination of arrogance and ruthlessness, they take their sledgehammers to fragile, interdependent, historically complex societies and devastate them, all under the fluttering banner of ‘reform’.”
Arundhati Roy

“Capitalism has been shaped by the Washington Consensus, which was formed around the neoliberal policies that had been imposed on developing countries by Milton Friedman’s Chicago Boys, and on Eastern Europe by Jeffrey Sachs. The Shock Doctrine involves cutting back or eliminating social programs, privatization, tax cuts and incentives for the wealthy, and increasing prices on strategic goods – gasoline, fuel oil which affect the poor more than any other segment of society.”

William F. Pepper in his book “An Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King”

ROCKEFELLERS IMMENSELY WEALTHY AND POWERFUL – MADE IN AMERICA

“We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time magazine, and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost 40 years. It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during those years. But the world is now more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supra-national sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries.”
David Rockefeller – Council on Foreign Relations, June 1991

“Some believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as “internationalists” and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”

David Rockefeller in his “Memoirs”

“The combined wealth of the Rockefeller family in 1998 was approximately (US) $11 trillion.”

Gaylon Ross Sr. author of the book “Who’s Who of the Global Elite”

“Before World War I, the financial and business structure of the United States was dominated by two conglomerates: Standard Oil or the Rockefeller enterprise, and the Morgan complex of industries, finance and transportation companies. Rockefeller and Morgan trust alliances dominated not only Wall Street but, through interlocking directorships, almost the entire economic fabric of the United States.”

Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution”, 1974

“In 2000, J.P. Morgan merged with Chase Manhattan, leading to the integration of J.P. Morgan, Chase, Chemical and Manufacturers Hanover into a single financial entity. Bear Stearns was acquired in 2008 by J.P. Morgan Chase following its collapse. This banking empire controlled by the Rockefeller family has assets of more than 1.6 trillion dollars.”

Michel Chossudovsky

“In the 1960’s economist Peter Dooley identified fifteen major financial groups in the US. The Rockefeller/Morgan group dwarfed the other fourteen. It controlled five of six of the mega-banks [Bank of America was controlled by the Rothschilds]”

Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The Rockefeller Foundation, working with John D. Rockefeller Ill’s Population Council, the World Bank, the UN Development Program and the Ford Foundation, and others had been working with the WHO [World Health Organization] for 20 years to develop an anti-fertility vaccine using tetanus as well as with other vaccines.”

F. William Engdahl

“The entire Rockefeller empire was financed by the Rothschilds.”

Eustice Mullins in his book “World Order”

“The Rockefellers and Rothschilds have been partners ever since the 1880s.”

David Allen Rivera in his book “Final Warning: A History of the New World Order, 2010

“David Rockefeller is the most conspicuous representative today of the ruling class, a multinational fraternity of men who shape the global economy and manage the flow of its capital … Private citizen David Rockefeller is accorded privileges of a head of state … He is untouched by customs or passport offices and hardly pauses for traffic lights.”

“John D. Rockefeller was a Machiavellian who boasted that he hated competition. Whenever he could, Rockefeller used the government to promote his own interests and to hinder his competitors. Monopoly capitalism is impossible unless you have a government with the power to strangle would-be competitors.
The easiest way to control or eliminate competitors is not to best them in the marketplace, but to use the power of government to exclude them from the marketplace. If you wish to control commerce, banking, transportation, and natural resources on a national level, you must control! the federal government. If you and your clique wish to establish worldwide monopolies, you must control World Government.”

Gary Allen in his book “The Rockefeller File”

“Eugenics was the racist pseudoscience determined to wipe away all human beings deemed ‘unfit,’ preserving only those who conformed to a Nordic stereotype.
… Eugenics would have been so much bizarre parlor talk had it not been for extensive financing by corporate philanthropies, specifically the Carnegie Institution, the Rockefeller Foundation and the Harriman railroad fortune… The Rockefeller Foundation helped found the German eugenics program and even funded the program that Josef Mengele worked in before he went to Auschwitz.”

Edwin Black, 2003

ROTHSCHILDS EUROPEAN BANKING FAMILY THAT OWNS THE WORLD

“The Rothschilds control the Bank of England, the Federal Reserve, the European Central Bank, the IMF, the World Bank and the Bank of International Settlements. Also they own most of the gold in the world as well as the London Gold Exchange, which sets the price of gold every day. It is said the family owns over half the wealth of the planet-estimated by Credit Suisse to be $231 trillion.”
Pete Papaherakles, americanfrepress.net

“With the end of the Napoleonic wars and the rise of the House of Rothschild as the ‘invisible rulers’ of Europe, there had to be two groupings of powers of almost equal strength, which represented the ‘balance of power’. The reason for this was simple: the House of Rothschild had to make sure that all the King A’s could be threatened by all the King B’s. Naturally, they were all financed and largely controlled by the Rothschilds.
… To ensure that the system worked as planned, there had to be an outside power that would act as an ‘insurance policy’ in the event that someone stepped out of line and appeared likely to upset the scheme.
This ‘insurance policy’ was Nathan Rothschild’s England, which now reigned supreme in the Eastern Hemisphere. One could always determine which way a war was going to go by watching which side England favored… The power and wealth of the now ‘invisible’ House of Rothschild grew to such proportions that by 1900 it was estimated that they controlled half the wealth of the world.”
Des Griffin in his book “Descent Into Slavery?”

“Panics and financial depressions would ultimately result in World Government, a new order of one world government.”
Amschel Mayer Rothschild, 1774

“The Rothschilds accumulated its vast wealth issuing war bonds to Black Nobility for centuries, including the British Windsors, the French Bourbons, the German von Thurn und Taxis, the Italian Savoys and the Austrian and Spanish Hapsburgs.”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“For over 150 years it has been standard operating procedure of the Rothschilds and their allies to control both sides of every conflict. You must have an “enemy” if you are going to collect from the King.”

Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“The Rothschild Formula is to ‘propel governments into war for the profits they yield’.”

G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“Rothschild-controlled Barings Bank bankrolled the Chinese opium and African slave trades. It financed the Louisiana Purchase. The House of Rothschild financed the Prussian War, the Crimean War and the British attempt to seize the Suez Canal from the French. Nathan Rothschild made a huge financial bet on Napoleon at the Battle of Waterloo, while also funding the Duke of Wellington’s peninsular campaign against Napoleon. Both the Mexican War and the Civil War were gold mines for the family.”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf”

“The House of Rothschild made its money in the great crashes of history and the great wars of history, the very periods when others lost their money.”

E. C. Knuth in his book “The Empire of the “City”: The Secret History of British Financial Power

“Wars should be directed so that the nations on both sides should be further in our debt.”

Amschel Mayer Rothschild, 1774

“Over the centuries, the Rothschilds have amassed trillions of dollars worth of gold bullion in their subterranean vaults and have cornered the world’s gold supply. They own controlling interest in the world’s largest oil company, Royal Dutch Shell. They operate phony charities and offshore banking services where the wealth of the black nobility and the Vatican is hidden in secret accounts at Rothschild Swiss banks, trusts and holding companies”
www.helpfreetheearth.com/articles_2.html

“By the middle of the 19th century, the Rothschilds were the richest family in the world, perhaps in all of history. Their five international banking houses comprised one of the first multinational corporations.”
Patricia Goldstone in her book “Aaronsohn’s Maps”

“Today the Rothschild’s control a far-flung financial empire, which includes majority stakes in most world central banks. The Edmond de Rothschild clan owns the Banque Privee SA in Lugano, Switzerland and the Rothschild Bank AG of Zurich. The family of Jacob Lord Rothschild owns the powerful Rothschild Italia in Milan. They are founding members of the exclusive $10 trillion Club of the Isles – which controls corporate giants Royal Dutch Shell, Imperial Chemical Industries, Lloyds of London, Unilever, Barclays, Lonrho, Rio Tinto Zinc, BHP Billiton and Anglo American DeBeers. It dominates the world supply of petroleum, gold, diamonds, and many other vital raw materials.”

Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The House of Rothschild made its money in the great crashes of history and the great wars of history, the very periods when others lost their money.”
E. C. Knuth in his book “The Empire of the “City”: The Secret History of British Financial Power

“Near the end of the 19th century, the Rothschild bank, was the biggest concentration of financial capital in the world.”

Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“Rothschilds own Reuters and Associated Press …They have controlling interest in ABC, CBS & NBC …Rothschild’s Swiss banks hold the wealth of the Vatican and the European black nobility.”

David Icke

“The Rothschild’s control a far-flung financial empire, which includes majority stakes in most world central banks. The Edmond de Rothschild clan owns the Banque Privee SA in Lugano, Switzerland and the Rothschild Bank AG of Zurich. The family of Jacob Lord Rothschild owns the powerful Rothschild Italia in Milan. They are members of the exclusive Club of the Isles, which provides capital for George Soros’ Quantum Fund NV, which made a killing in 1998-1999 destroying the currencies of Thailand, Indonesia and Russia.”

Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“A tax haven is a state [country or territory] captured by financial interests from elsewhere.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The City of London now stands as money launderer of the world, the capital of global crime. It is the heart and engine of the offshore haven, with Jersey, Guernsey and the Isle of Man its european collection centres, the caribbean and others hoovering up billions of dollars from all over the globe… It has a dark and shadowy client list; terrorists, drug barons, arms dealers, politicians, corporations and companies, millionaires, billionaires – most with something to hide.”
Graham Vanbergen

“The U.S. is effectively the biggest tax haven in the world.”
Andrew Penney, managing director of Rothschild & Co.

“The world contains about sixty secrecy jurisdictions, divided roughly into four groups. First are the European havens. Second, comes a British zone centred on the City of London, which spans the world and is loosely shaped around Britain’s former empire. Third is a zone of influence focused on the United States.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The most important feature of a secrecy jurisdiction is that local politics is captured by financial interests.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The City of London is the money-laundering centre of the world’s drug trade. In addition, due to incredibly lax financial laws by the British government, the London property market is built largely on the laundered money of crime from all over the world involving hidden tax havens, most of which are British.”
Graham Vanbergen

“The City of London Is the centre of the most important part of the global offshore system. The City’s offshore network has three main layers. Two inner rings – Britain’s Crown Dependencies of Jersey, Guernsey and the Isle of Man; and its Overseas Territories, such as the Cayman Islands – are substantially controlled by Britain. The outer ring is a more diverse array of havens, like Hong Kong, which are outside Britain’s direct control but nevertheless have strong historical and current links to the country and the City of London. One authoritative account estimates that this British grouping overall accounts for well over a third of all international bank assets; add the City of London and the total is almost a half.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“British Overseas Territories and Crown Dependencies make up around 25 per cent of the world’s tax havens.
Tax havens include Anguilla, Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, Montserrat and the Turks and Caicos Islands to name just a few and each is inextricably linked to the City of London’s crime offices.
The consequence of its operations is that money laundering is now at such levels and so widespread that the authorities have recently admitted defeat in its battle of attrition by stating openly it has been completely overwhelmed and lost control.”
Graham Vanbergen

“The process of moving massive amounts of international capital from typical tax havens, into the U.S., is being driven by a familiar name in the world of international finance – Rothschild & Co.
Rothschild, a centuries-old European financial institution, manages the wealth of many of the world’s most wealthy families and has been instrumental in helping move the global elite’s wealth from traditional tax havens like the Bahamas, Switzerland and the British Virgin Islands to the U.S.
… After opening a trust company in Reno, Nev., Rothschild & Co. began ushering the massive fortunes of the world’s most wealthy individuals out of typical tax havens, now subject to OECD international disclosure requirements, and into the Rothschild run U.S. trusts, which are exempt from the international reporting requirements.
The U.S. Treasury Department takes a very strong stand against international tax evasion – unless you put that money into a U.S trust account – which coincidentally is being helmed by Rothschild & Co.”
Jay Syrmopoulos

“More than half of world trade passes, at least on paper, through tax havens. Over half of all banking assets and a third of foreign direct investment by multinational corporations, are routed offshore. Some 85 per cent of international banking and bond issuance takes place in the so-called Euromarket, a stateless offshore zone. The IMF estimated in 2010 that the balance sheets of small island financial centres alone added up to $18 trillion – a sum equivalent to about a third of the world’s GDP. And that, it said, was probably an underestimate. The US Government Accountability Office (GAO) reported in 2008 that 83 of the USA’s biggest 100 corporations had subsidiaries in tax havens… The Tax Justice Network discovered that ninety-nine of Europe’s hundred largest companies used offshore subsidiaries. In each country, the largest user by far was a bank.”

Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“Pepsi, IKEA, FedEx and 340 other international companies have secured secret deals from Luxembourg, allowing many of them to slash their global tax bills while maintaining little presence in the tiny European duchy.
These companies appear to have channeled hundreds of billions of dollars through Luxembourg and saved billions of dollars in taxes.
Big companies can book big tax savings by creating complicated accounting and legal structures that move profits to low-tax Luxembourg from higher-tax countries where they’re headquartered or do lots of business. In some instances, companies have enjoyed effective tax rates of less than 1 percent on the profits they’ve shuffled into Luxembourg.”
report from the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists

“The most important tax haven in the world is an island. The name of the island is Manhattan. The second most-important tax haven in the world is located on an island. It is a city called London.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“Rich individuals and their families have as much as $32 trillion of hidden financial assets in offshore tax havens.”

Tax Justice Network, UK
[based on a 2012 study of data from the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund and the United Nations]

“The emergence of the US as an offshore jurisdiction in its own right attracted vast financial flows into the country boosting bankers’ power even further. The old alliance between Wall Street and the City of London, which had collapsed after the Great Depression and the Second World War, had been resurrected.”

Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The City of London, with its own borders and police force, sits within the Isles of Britain as an international hub, the tax haven of all tax havens. The banks use offshore business organisations to escape regulation and the grip these organisations have over an ever weakened and corrupt political class is utterly astounding. The Conservative party is literally bankrolled by bankers and hedge funds. Half of the wealthiest hedge fund managers in the land pay millions each year to the Tories. This is neoliberalism out of control.”
Graham Vanbergen

“The British Virgin Islands, with fewer than 25,000 inhabitants, hosts over 800,000 companies.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“More than 170 of the Fortune 500 companies have a Luxembourg branch. A total of $95 billion in profits from American corporations’ overseas operations flowed through Luxembourg in 2012, the most current statistics from the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis show. On those profits, corporations paid $1.04 billion in taxes to Luxembourg – just 1.1 percent.”
Stephen E. Shay, professor of international taxation at Harvard Law School, 2014

“Fourteen small British island states decided not to seek independence, becoming British Overseas Territories, with the Queen as their head of state. Exactly half of them – Anguila, Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, Gibraltar, Montserrat and the Turks and Caicos islands, are secrecy jurisdictions, actively supported and managed from Britain and intimately linked with the City of London.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The Bank of England after 1945 set about re-establishing the hegemony of international financial capital.
… From the 1960s, the island semi-colonies and other assorted satellites of London came into their own as offshore Euromarket booking centres where the world’s wealthiest individuals and corporations, especially banks, could park their money, tax free and in secrecy, and where they could grow faster than their regulated onshore counterparts.
… The umbilical, two-way relation between London and its overseas satellites has remained a defining feature of the entire offshore system ever since.
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“Offshore banking as a whole is under the thumb of the Anglo-Dutch oligarchy.
The British pre-eminence makes the world picture of offshore banking and dirty money more comprehensible. If the world offshore banking sector appears to run as a single operation under British monarchy control, that is because the same group of people who run it also run the opium traffic whose proceeds this banking sector was created to handle.”

www.bibliotecapleyades.net “How the Drug Empire Works”

“Fourteen British Overseas Territories are the last surviving outposts of Britain’s formal empire. With just a quarter of a million inhabitants between them they include some of world’s top secrecy jurisdictions: the Cayman Islands, Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, the Turks and Caicos islands and Gibraltar.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The offshore world is a set of networks of influence controlled by the world’s major powers, notably Britain and the United States. Each network is deeply interconnected with the others.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“With very few exceptions, offshore banking as a whole is under the thumb of the British oligarchy.”

from the book “DOPE, INC.” – Executive Intelligence Review, 1992

“The City [of London’s] biggest role in the global offshore system is in its relationship with running Britain’s spider’s web. In the second quarter of 2009 the UK received net financing of US $332.5 billion just from its three Crown Dependencies Jersey, Guernsey and the Isle of Man. In 2009 the web as a whole held an estimated US $3.2 trillion in offshore bank deposits, about 55 per cent of the global total according to data from the Bank for International Settlements, and that is just bank deposits.
The British offshore web provides the City [of London] with three things. First, the tax havens scattered across the world capture passing foreign business and channel it to London just as a spider’s web catches insects; second, it is a storage mechanism for assets; and third, it is a money-laundering filter that lets the City get involved in dirty business while providing it with enough distance to maintain plausible deniability.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The Jersey-Delaware [the British Island of Jersey and the US State of Delaware] notion of the captured state is: a place that seeks to attract business by offering politically stable facilities to help people or entities get around the rules, laws and regulations of jurisdictions elsewhere.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“Large amounts of money transit through the banking system, from the banks to the hedge funds, to offshore banking havens and back to the banks.”

Michel Chossudovsky

“The parallels between bribery and the business of secrecy jurisdictions are no coincidence… Bribery rots and corrupts governments, and tax havens rot and corrupt the global financial system.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“Under U.S. law, banks must report all cash deposits of $10,000 or more. Traffickers have turned to high cash-turnover businesses – such as hotels, casinos, restaurants, and sports events-to launder their money. Since banks don’t have to report deposits made by these businesses, drug profits are simply mixed in with legal cash flows.
Cash is also frequently shipped out of the United States. Often planes which fly cocaine into the U.S., fly back loaded with $20, $50, and $100 bills. The bills can then either be deposited directly in offshore banking centers – where no questions are asked – or in remote bank branches in the drug-producing countries. These funds are then wire-transferred out to the offshore banks, into secret accounts where there is no government supervision.”

from the book “DOPE, INC.” – Executive Intelligence Review, 1992

“Offshore is undermining your elected government, hollowing out its tax base and corrupting its politicians. It is sustaining a vast criminal economy and creating a new, unaccountable aristocracy of corporate and financial power. If we do not act together to contain and control financial secrecy then … a world of suave insiders, impunity, international criminal complicity and desperate poverty, will become the world we leave to our children. A tiny few will have their boots washed in champagne while the rest of us struggle for our lives in conditions of steepening inequality.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The global banking cartel, centered at the IMF, World Bank and Federal Reserve, have paid off politicians and dictators the world over [Including Washington]. In country after country, they have looted national economies at the expense of local populations, consolidating wealth in unprecedented fashion. The top economic one-tenth of one percent is currently holding over $40 trillion in investible wealth, not counting an equally significant amount of wealth hidden in offshore accounts.”

David DeGraw

“Drugs smugglers, terrorists and other criminals use exactly the same offshore mechanisms and subterfuges – shell banks, trusts, dummy corporations – that corporations use.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World.”

“Offshore banking [1960s] marked a sea change in New York banking practice that would explode in importance during the next three decades and beyond. Chase Manhattan, Citibank and other major US money center banks were to launder hundreds of billions of dollars of illicit hot money, no questions asked, whether the funds originated from US-friendly dictators like the Philippines’ Ferdinand Marcos, Iran’s Shah Reza Pahlavi, Mexico’s Rañl Salinas de Gortari, or Juárez drug cartel money being transferred to Uruguay and Argentina, or from countless other controversial and politically sensitive transactions.”

F. William Engdahl in his book “Gods of Money”

“Corporations hold their profits offshore, indefinitely, and only when they bring it back home to pay out as dividends to shareholders does it get taxed [deferred tax]. This sharply reduces multinationals’ cost of capital and this in turn gives them a huge competitive advantage against smaller, locally based firms.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The second smallest state in the USA, Delaware is the home to many of the world’s corporations. Over half of US publicly traded companies and nearly two-thirds of the Fortune 500 are incorporated here.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“Monopoly capitalists are the bitter enemies of laissez-faire entrepreneurs; and, given the weaknesses of socialist central planning, the totalitarian socialist state is a perfect captive market for monopoly capitalists, if an alliance can be made with the socialist powerbrokers.”

Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Bolshevik Revolution”

“What we have in [the British island of] Jersey and [the US state of] Delaware is rampant uncontrolled deregulation, harnessed to the interests of a few insiders and large corporate players. Just as European nobles used to consolidate their unaccountable powers in castles, to better subjugate and extract tribute from the surrounding peasantry; so financial capital has coalesced in these fortified nodes of unaccountable political and economic power, capturing local politics and turning these jurisdictions into fast and flexible private law-making machines, defended against outside interference and protected by establishment consensus and the suppression of dissent.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

“The most common jurisdictions for US securitisations are the Cayman Islands and the state of Delaware.
… The most common jurisdictions for European securitisations are Ireland, Luxembourg, Jersey, and the UK. Every last one is a major secrecy jurisdiction that uses a simple business model: ask the financial institutions exactly what they need, then shape the laws accordingly and without democratic debate.”
Nicholas Shaxson in his book “Treasure Islands: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World”

UNITED NATIONS FUTURE CONTROL CENTER OF A NEW WORLD ORDER

“The next step is the Great Merger of all nations of the world into a dictatorial world government. This was the main reason behind the push to bring Red China into the United Nations. If you want to control the natural resources, transportation, commerce and banking for the whole world, you must put everybody under the same roof.”
Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“What the Bilderberg group intends is a global army at the disposal of the United Nations, which is to become the world government to which all nations will be subservient.
… A UN army must be able to act immediately, anywhere in the world, without the delay involved in each country making its own decision whether to participate, based on parochial considerations?”
Henry Kissinger at a Bilderberg meeting, Spotlight Reprint, August 1991

“The five veto powers and permanent members of the Security Council … together manufacture and sell some 85% of military arms, including nuclear weapons, and so-called weapons of mass destruction. This is the UN of the arms dealers – the most disreputable and yet profitable business on earth.
And tragically and quite bizarrely these arms dealers are the same Member States that the UN Charter entrusts with maintaining Peace and Security around the world … nuclear powers and weapons salesmen being responsible for peaceful co-existence! It’s madness!”
Denis Halliday, Global Research Public Lecture, Montreal, Canada, December 1, 2009

“The United Nations is a dictatorship from which nothing good comes, because they find a million ways to prevent anything from happening.
… Within the Security Council, there are five countries that have veto power. But without a doubt, the most influential country in the United Nations is the United States. And it’s really amazing the most warmongering country in the history of mankind is put there in charge to make sure that there is peace.
… The United Nations Charter tells you how you can proceed to reform it. They say you have to call a general conference and how you have to call it and the approval that you have to have from the Security Council. But at the end, when all is said and done, when you have decided what reforms you want to make, they have a veto power over it. So it’s a farce. It’s a fraud.
… The United Nations is beyond reform. It’s beyond patchwork. It’s the most important organization in the world to help save the human species and Mother Earth, but it has to be reinvented.”
former UN General Assembly President Miguel d’Escoto

“That the policy of genocide in Iraq was initiated and legitimized through the United Nations is an instructive indication of the extent to which the UN has become a tool of Western, and particularly Anglo-American power.”
Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed in his book “Behind the War on Terror”

“The World Trade Organization is the third pillar of the New World Order, along with the United Nations and the International Monetary Fund.”
New York Times

“The UN Security Council is now regarded as a captive [by most of the UN membership], where the North secures decisions by economic intimidation, abuses the peaceful-redress procedures inscribed in the charter and authorizes a kind of vigilantism against countries of the North’s own choosing.”
Erskine Childers, former adviser to the UN Secretary General

“The UN’s Agenda 21 proposes a global regime that will monitor, oversee, and strictly regulate our planet’s oceans, lakes, streams, rivers, aquifers, sea beds, coastlands, wetlands, forests, jungles, grasslands, farmland, deserts, tundra, and mountains. It even has a whole section on regulating and “protecting” the atmosphere. It proposes plans for cities, towns, suburbs, villages, and rural areas. It envisions a global scheme for healthcare, education, nutrition, agriculture, labor, production, and consumption – in short, everything; there is nothing on, in, over, or under the Earth that doesn’t fall within the purview of some part of Agenda 21.”
William Jasper in a report entitled “Your Hometown & the United Nations’ Agenda 21”, February 10, 2012

“Not only does MONUC [United Nations Observers Mission for Congo] make it possible for western mining companies to loot Congo, but MONUC contingents have also participated in illegal minerals plunder from DRC [Democratic Republic of Congo].”
Keith Harmon Snow, 2009

The Pope / Vatican Coat-of-Arms
VATICAN

ENORMOUSLY WEALTHY MONEY-LAUNDERING HOUSE OF FAITH

“The Vatican has large investments with the Rothschilds of Britain, France and America, with the Hambros Bank, with the Credit Suisse in London and Zurich. In the United States it has large investments with the Morgan Bank, the Chase-Manhattan Bank, the First National Bank of New York, the Bankers Trust Company, and others. The Vatican has billions of shares in the most powerful international corporations such as Gulf Oil, Shell, General Motors, Bethlehem Steel, General Electric, International Business Machines, T.W.A., etc. At a conservative estimate, these amount to more than 500 million dollars in the U.S.A. alone.
… In a statement published in connection with a bond prospectus, the Boston archdiocese listed its assets at Six Hundred and Thirty-five Million ($635,891,004), which is 9.9 times its liabilities. This leaves a net worth of Five Hundred and Seventy-one million dollars ($571,704,953). It is not difficult to discover the truly astonishing wealth of the church, once we add the riches of the twenty-eight archdioceses and 122 dioceses of the U.S.A., some of which are even wealthier than that of Boston.
… Some idea of the real estate and other forms of wealth controlled by the Catholic church may be gathered by the remark of a member of the New York Catholic Conference, namely ‘that his church probably ranks second only to the United States Government in total annual purchase.’ Another statement, made by a nationally syndicated Catholic priest, perhaps is even more telling. ‘The Catholic church,’ he said, ‘must be the biggest corporation in the United States. We have a branch office in every neighborhood. Our assets and real estate holdings must exceed those of Standard Oil, A.T.&T., and U.S. Steel combined. And our roster of dues-paying members must be second only to the tax rolls of the United States Government.
… The Catholic church, once all her assets have been put together, is the most formidable stockbroker in the world. The Vatican, independently of each successive pope, has been increasingly orientated towards the U.S. The Wall Street Journal said that the Vatican’s financial deals in the U.S. alone were so big that very often it sold or bought gold in lots of a million or more dollars at one time.
… The Vatican’s treasure of solid gold has been estimated by the United Nations World Magazine to amount to several billion dollars. A large bulk of this is stored in gold ingots with the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank, while banks in England and Switzerland hold the rest. But this is just a small portion of the wealth of the Vatican, which in the U.S. alone, is greater than that of the five wealthiest giant corporations of the country. When to that is added all the real estate, property, stocks and shares abroad, then the staggering accumulation of the wealth of the Catholic church becomes so formidable as to defy any rational assessment.
… The Catholic church is the biggest financial power, wealth accumulator and property owner in existence. She is a greater possessor of material riches than any other single institution, corporation, bank, giant trust, government or state of the whole globe. The pope, as the visible ruler of this immense amassment of wealth, is consequently the richest individual of the twentieth century. No one can realistically assess how much he is worth in terms of billions of dollars.
…The Vatican has billions of shares in the most powerful international corporations… The Vatican has large investments with the Rothschilds of Britain, France and America, with the Hambros Bank, with the Credit Suisse in London and Zurich. In the United States it has large investments with the Morgan Bank, the Chase-Manhattan Bank, the First National Bank of New York, the Bankers Trust Company, and others.”

Avro Manhattan in his book “The Vatican Billions”, 1983

“The Vatican’s secretive Opus Dei, often referred to as the “saintly Mafia” was behind the ascent of Polish Cardinal Karol Wojtyla to Pope John Paul II. The new Pope launched an Opus Dei/Vatican offensive to roll back Latin American liberation theology movements.”

Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“In the U.S. Catholic Church , there are 195 dioceses and the national headquarters of both the bishops and their “charities.” The bishops control 40,000 organizations, agencies and foundations each with a 501(c)(3) tax code. They pay no taxes, provide a tax deduction to their donors, and are under no obligation to produce financial statements which show where their money comes from or where it goes.
While Americans fret over the Koch brothers (no. 41 on Forbe’s list), Citizens United and “dark money” SuperPACs, the Catholic Church can move unlimited funds – foreign and domestic – to think-tanks, media, voter suppression efforts, every means the plutocracy has found to subvert our democracy.”
Betty Clermont in an article “European Plutocrats Covered Up Vatican Money Laundering”

“The Italian mafia was founded by Guiseppe Mazzini, the 33rd Degree Illuminati Grand Master Mason of the P-2 Lodge. P-2 is close to the Vatican Bank and funded South America’s fascist drug-ridden governments of the 1970’s.
… The Vatican’s Opus Dei had strong ties to P-2 and Patria y Libertad South American fascist movements. The CIA and P-2 propped up the narco-terrorist regime of Alberto Fujimori in Peru during the 1990s.”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The real value of the Catholic Church is its secret worldwide monetary network headquartered in a sovereign state and a financial division in the Cayman Islands with no accountability or fear of criminal prosecution.
The Church has roughly 5,000 prelates around the world – each one appointed by the Pope based on the man’s demonstrated loyalty to the Church above all else – as heads of dioceses. Each one has the capacity for hidden bank accounts, investments, slush funds named for some phony charity or foundation. Under the guise of “freedom of religion,” most can operate with little or no governmental oversight.”
Avi Jorisch

“The real value of the Catholic Church is its secret worldwide monetary network headquartered in a sovereign state and a financial division in the Cayman Islands with no accountability or fear of criminal prosecution.
The Church has roughly 5,000 prelates around the world, each one appointed by the Pope based on the man’s demonstrated loyalty to the Church above all else, as heads of dioceses. Each one has the capacity for hidden bank accounts, investments, slush funds named for some phony charity or foundation. Under the guise of “freedom of religion,” most can operate with little or no governmental oversight. Since money launderers usually get a 5-10% cut, the continued wealth of the Vatican is assured.”
Betty Clermont in an article “European Plutocrats Covered Up Vatican Money Laundering”

“The Vatican’s secretive Opus Dei “saintly Mafia” was behind the ascent of Polish Cardinal Karol Wojtyla to the Papacy. Wojtyla became Pope John Paul II and launched an Opus Dei/ Vatican offensive to roll back Latin American liberation theology movement… During the 1940’s he was a chemical salesman for Nazi combine I. G. Farben. Wojtyla sold the Nazis the cyanide they used at their Auschwitz death camps.”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The Vatican rules over approximately 2bn of the worlds 6.2bn people. The colossal wealth of the Vatican includes enormous investments with the Rothschilds in Britain, France, USA, with giant oil & weapons corporations like Shell & General Electric. The Vatican solid gold bullion, worth billions is stored with the Rothschild controlled Bank of England & the US Federal Reserve Bank.
The Catholic Church is the biggest financial power, wealth accumulator and property owner in existence, possessing more material wealth than any bank, corporation, giant trust or government anywhere on the globe.
Between 1095-1291 AD the Popes launched 7 blood baths called the Christian Crusades, torturing, murdering, beheading & mass murdering hundreds of thousands of Muslims & Jews in the name of God. The Pope’s brutal solders were called Knights Templar or Knights of the Temple of Solomon & evolved into today’s secretive brotherhood called the Freemasons.
Between 1450-1700 AD the Catholic Church followed up their holy terror with the inquisition. Based on rumours of practicing witchcraft, the Catholic Church hunted down, tortured & burned-alive 10 s of 1000 s of innocent women at the stake.
During WWII the Vatican was criticized for supporting Hitler & his Nazi regime. To this day, the Vatican is still under investigation for plundering Nazi gold from the Swiss bank accounts of Jewish holocaust victims.”
The Hidden Empire: The Vatican City : The City of London : The District of Columbia
http://lightworkersxm.wordpress.com, August 2012

“The IOR (Institute for Works of Religion) – the Vatican Bank is a unique ‘off shore’ corridor for politicians around the world who want to keep their money away from legal controls.The IOR is like a credit card that ensures privileges to be granted in exchange for political backing, legal provisions and business support.”
Gianluigi Nuzzi in his book “Vaticano S.p.A.”, published January 1, 2009

“The Institute for Works of Religion (IOR), commonly referred to as the Vatican Bank, is a privately held financial institution located inside Vatican City. Founded in 1942, the IOR’s role is to safeguard and administer property intended for works of religion or charity. The bank accepts deposits only from top Church officials and entities, according to Italian legal scholar Settimio Caridi. It is run by a president but overseen by five cardinals who report directly to the Vatican and the Vatican’s secretary of state. Because so little is known about the bank’s daily operations and transactions, it has often been called “the most secret bank in the world.”
Avi Jorisch

“Operation Gladio was a secret NATO strategy implemented after WWII that advocated an alliance between the mafia, CIA, Vatican and Knights of Malta.”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The Vatican rules over approximately 2 billion of the world’s 6.1 billion people. The colossal wealth of the Vatican includes enormous investments with the Rothschild’s in Britain, France, and the USA, and with giant oil and weapons corporations like Shell and General Electric. The Vatican solid gold bullion worth billions, is stored with the Rothschild controlled Bank of England and the US Federal Reserve Bank.”
Alan Lamont

“The Vatican … is the largest single organization involved in the illegal movement of emigrants . . . [and] the justification . . . for its participation in this illegal traffic is simply the propagation of the Faith. It is the Vatican’s desire to assist any person, regardless of nationality or political beliefs, as long as that person can prove himself to be a Catholic.” The classified study confirmed that Nazis and their collaborators were not excluded from the effort: “[I]n those Latin American countries where the Church is a controlling or dominating factor, the Vatican has brought pressure to bear which has resulted in the foreign missions of those countries taking an attitude almost favoring the entry into their country of former Nazis and former Fascists or other political groups, so long as they are anti-Communist. That, in fact, is the practice in effect in the Latin American Consulates and Missions in Rome at the present time.”
top secret U.S. State Department intelligence report of May 1947

“The Vatican is the world’s largest owner of equities.”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“Under pressure from the U.S. Treasury Department, JP Morgan Chase notified the Vatican on March 16, 2012, that it closed the IOR account in its Milan branch because the IOR was “unable to respond” to information about the provenance of the deposits. JP Morgan had been requesting the information since 2010.
JP Morgan reported ¤1.8 billion ($2,200,000,000) had been deposited in the last 18 months in the account. At the end of each day, the balance was reduced to zero and the contents moved to an IOR account in Frankfurt. According to Spiegel, investigators suspected the account was used to launder funds from “dubious sources.”
Susan Pittman of the U.S. State Department’s Bureau of International Narcotics and Law Enforcement, to Reuters, March 7, 2012

“In 1982 Reagan met with Pope John Paul II… At the meeting the two agreed to launch a clandestine program to tear Eastern Europe away from the Soviets. Poland, the Pope’s country of origin, would be the key. Catholic priests, the AFL-CIO, the National Endowment for Democracy, the Vatican Bank and CIA would all be deployed.”
Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“Early in the 19th century the Pope came to the Rothschilds to borrow money… The Rothschilds over time were entrusted with the bulk of the Vatican’s wealth. ”
Fritz Springmaier in his book “Bloodlines of the illuminati”

WALL STREET AMERICA’S FINANCIAL CENTER RULES THE WORLD

“The upper spheres of Wall Street overshadow the real economy. The accumulation of large amounts of money wealth by a handful of Wall Street conglomerates and their associated hedge funds is reinvested in the acquisition of real assets. Paper wealth is transformed into the ownership and control of real productive assets, including industry, services, natural resources and infrastructure.”
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“No news broadcast is complete without a summary of the day’s events on Wall Street. Yet only two percent of the public owns half of the country’s individual stock and bond holdings.”
Martin A. Lee and Norman Solomon in their book “Unreliable Sources”

“Wall Street owns the country. It is no longer a government of the people, by the people and for the people, but a government of Wall Street, by Wall Street and for Wall Street.”
populist orator Mary Elizabeth Lease of Kansas, late 1800s

“Because of its dominant position in Wall Street, the [J. P.] Morgan firm came also to dominate other Wall Street powers, such as Carnegie, Whitney, Vanderbilt, Brown-Harriman, or Dillon-Reed. Close alliances were made with Rockefeller, Mellon, and Duke interests but not nearly so intimate ones with the great industrial powers like du Pont and Ford. [Because] … of the great influence of this “Wall Street” alignment, an influence great enough to merit the name of the “American Establishment,” this group could … control the Federal government and, in consequence, had to adjust to a good many government actions … [which they had secretly supported ]. The chief of these were in taxation law, beginning with the graduated income tax in 1913, but culminating, above all else, in the inheritance tax. These tax laws drove the great private fortunes dominated by Wall Street into tax-exempt foundations, which became a major link in the Establishment network between Wall Street, the Ivy League, and the Federal government.”
Carroll Quigley in his book “Tragedy and Hope”

“Plummeting stock prices [in 1929] ruined small investors, but not the top “insiders” on Wall Street. Paul Warburg had issued a tip in March of 1929 that the Crash was coming. Before it did, John D. Rockefeller, Bernard Baruch, Joseph P. Kennedy, and other money barons got out of the market.
… Early withdrawal from the market not only preserved the fortunes of these men: it also enabled them to return later and buy up whole companies for a song. Shares that once sold for a dollar now cost a nickel. Joseph P. Kennedy’s worth reportedly grew from $4 million in 1929 to $100 million in 1935.”
James Perloff in his book “The Shadows of Power”

“WaIl Street financed the German cartels in the mid-1920s which in turn proceeded to bring Hitler to power.
The financing for Hitler and his S. S. street thugs came in part from affiliates or subsidiaries of U.S. firms, including Henry Ford in 1922, payments by I. G. Farben and General Electric in 1933, followed by the Standard Oil of New Jersey and I.T.T. subsidiary payments to Heinrich Himmler up to 1944.
U.S. multi-nationals under the control of Wall Street profited handsomely from Hitler’s military construction program in the 1930s and at least until 1942.
International bankers used political influence in the U. S. to cover up their wartime collaboration.”
Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler”

“What the Wall Street bailout does is it takes troubled financial instruments off the balance sheet of the banks and puts them on the balance sheet of the taxpayer at the US Treasury. So it’s a bailout of the financial institutions whose recklessness caused the problem. The money is essentially being poured into the coffers of Washington’s financial donor base.”
Paul Craig Roberts, 2008

“New York and London… have become the world’s two biggest laundries of criminal and drug money, and offshore tax havens. Not the Cayman Islands, not the Isle of Man or Jersey. The big laundering is right through the City of London and Wall Street.”
Martin Woods, bank money laundering investigator, Observer newspaper, 2011

“During a period of a few years beginning around 2007, several thousand employees of stock brokers, banks, mortgage companies, insurance companies, credit-rating agencies, and other financial institutions, mainly in New York, had great fun getting obscenely rich while creating and playing with pieces of paper known by names like derivatives, collateralized debt obligations, index funds, credit default swaps, structured investment vehicles, subprime mortgages, and other exotic terms. The result has been a severe depression, seriously hurting hundreds of millions of lives in the United States and abroad.
No employee of any of these companies has seen the inside of a prison cell for playing such games with our happiness.”
Wiliam Blum

“Seven men in Wall Street now control a great share of the fundamental industry and resources of the United States… These powerful men were themselves answerable to a foreign power which had been steadfastly seeking to extend its control over the young republic of the United States since its very inception. This power was the financial power of England, centered in the London Branch of the House of Rothschild. The fact was that in 1910, the United States was for all practical purposes being ruled from England, and so it is today [1911].”
“The Seven Men” an article by John Moody – McClure’s Magazine, August 1911

“[The philosophy of Wall Street financiers was] anything but laissez-faire competition, which was the last system they envisaged. Socialism, communism, fascism or their variants were acceptable. The ideal for these financiers was “cooperation,” forced if necessary. Individualism was out, and competition was immoral… compulsory cooperation was their golden road to a legal monopoly. Under the guise of public service, social objectives, and assorted do-goodism it is fundamentally “Let society go to work for Wall Street.”
Antony C. Sutton in his book “Wall Street and FDR”

“I spent thirty-three years in the Marines, most of my time being a hlgh class muscle man for Big Business, for Wall Street and the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer for capitalism.”
General Smedley Butler, former US Marine Corps Commandant, 1935

“Three of Wall Street’s major financial consortiums, those controlled by the J.P. Morgan, Rothschild, and Rockefeller interests, agreed to split the 1912 Republican vote by backing former President Teddy Roosevelt against the isolationist incumbent, William Howard Taft. The plan was to help Democratic nominee Woodrow Wilson. The understanding was Wilson would help create a Federal Reserve bank system and an income tax after his election, listen to his backers in creating his cabinet, and be mindful of the importance of intervention on behalf of the United Kingdom in case of world war with Germany.
… Once in office, Wilson implemented each of the four Wall Street goals in ways that resonate through history to the present. In essence, a Democratic presidential candidate did Wall Street’s bidding through his top aide, Colonel Edward Mandel House.
Andrew Kreig

“Revolution is always recorded as a spontaneous event by the politically or economically deprived against an autocratic state. Never in Western textbooks will you find the evidence that revolutions need finance and the source of the finance in many cases traces back to Wall Street.”
Antony Sutton in his book “America’s Secret Establishment”, 1983

WEAPONS SALES TO THE DEVELOPING WORLD KILLING HOPE FOR THE POOR AND VULNERABLE

“Weapons producers make money regardless of whether the Pentagon wins or loses its wars – and making money is their only objective.”

Gabriel Kolko

“The relationship between globalization and militarism should be seen as two sides of the same coin. On one side, globalization promotes the conditions that lead to unrest, inequality, conflict, and, ultimately, war. On the other side, globalization fuels the means to wage war by protecting and promoting the military industries needed to produce sophisticated weaponry. This weaponry, in turn, is used or is threatened to be used to protect the investments of transnational corporations and their shareholders.”

Steven Staples

“Since 1973, 65% of US arms sales have gone to the Middle East.”

Dean Henderson in his book “Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf”

“The conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence – economic, political, even spiritual – is felt in every city, every state house, and every office of the federal government.”

President Dwight Eisenhower in his farewell address

“What the lobbyists for the military-industrial complex and their allies must do to make the case for a huge peacetime military is to find wars to fight abroad even when they make no sense.”

Robert Scheer – The Pornography of Power

“War is largely a matter of money. Bankers lend money to foreign countries and when they cannot repay, the President sends Marines to get it.”

General Smedley Butler, 1931

“Two classes benefit by war – The militarists and the moneylenders… The cause of militarism is never patriotism, it is usually commercialism. The warmongers urging military preparedness in America are Wall Street bankers.”

Henry Ford, 1915

WORLD GOVERNMENT POLITICAL SUPREMACY OF THE PLUTOCRACY

“The master planners devised the strategy of a merger – a Great Merger – among nations.
But before such a merger can be consummated, and the United States becomes just another province in a New World Order, there must at least be the semblance of parity among the senior partners in the deal. How does one make the nations of the world more nearly equal? The Insiders determined that a two-prong approach was needed; use American money and know-how to build up your competitors, while at the same time use every devious strategy you can devise to weaken and impoverish this country. The goal is not to bankrupt the United States. Rather, it is to reduce our productive might, and therefore our standard of living, to the meager subsistence level of the socialized nations of the world.
The plan is not to bring the standard of living in less developed countries up to our level, but to bring ours down to meet theirs coming up… It is your standard of living which must be sacrificed on the altar of the New World Order.”

Gary Allen in his book “The Rockefeller File”

“There is a transnational ruling class, a “Superclass”, that agrees on establishing a world government. The middle class is targeted for elimination, because most of the world has no middle class, and to fully integrate and internationalize a middle class, would require industrialization and development in Africa, and certain places in Asia and Latin America. The goal of the Superclass is not to lose their wealth and power to a transnational middle class, but rather to extinguish the notion of a middle class, and transnationalize a lower, uneducated, labor oriented class, through which they will secure ultimate wealth and power.
The global economic crisis serves these ends, as whatever remaining wealth the middle class holds is in the process of being eliminated, and as the crisis progresses, the middle classes of the world will suffer, while a great percentage of lower classes of the world, poverty-stricken even prior to the crisis, will suffer the greatest, most probably leading to a massive reduction in population levels, particularly in the “underdeveloped” or “Third World” states.”

Andrew Gavin Marshall

“What the Bilderberg Group intends is a global army at the disposal of the United Nations, which is to become the world government to which all nations will be subservient.
… A UN army must be able to act immediately, anywhere in the world, without the delay involved in each country making its own decision whether to participate, based on parochial considerations?”
Henry Kissinger at a Bilderberg meeting, Spotlight Reprint, August 1991

“A scientific world society cannot be stable unless there is world government …. It will be necessary to find ways of preventing an increase in world population. If this is to be done otherwise than by wars, pestilences and famines, it will demand a powerful international authority. This authority should deal out the world’s food to the various nations in proportion to their population at the time of the establishments of the authority. If any nation subsequently increased its population, it should not on that account receive any more food. The motive for not increasing population would therefore be very compelling.”
Bertrand Russell

“We are on the verge of global transformation. All we need is the right major crisis and the nations will accept the New World Order.”
David Rockefeller’s statement to the United Nations Business Council, 1994

“The World Order program for the future, as drawn up by the foundations, is as follows : Small
wars from 1985 to 1990. Global war from 1990-2000. The gradual annihilation of the populations of the United States, Canada and Western Europe. The reduction of world population from the present 4.85 billion to 1 billion, the number it had attained in 1800, solving the disastrous pollution of air and water and the exhaustion of natural resources.”
Eustace Mullins, “The World Order”, 1985

“Ever since the days of Henry Ford, the Economic Elite have needed a thriving US middle class to increase growth and profits, but now, in the global economy, they view the US middle class as obsolete. They increasingly look globally for profits and they would rather pay cheap labor in countries like China and India.”
David DeGraw

“All countries are basically social arrangements, accommodations to changing circumstances. No matter how permanent and even sacred they may seem at any one time, in fact they are all artificial and temporary. Through the ages, there has been an overall trend toward larger units claiming sovereignty and, paradoxically, a gradual diminution of how much true sovereignty any one country actually has… Nationhood as we know it will be obsolete; all states will recognize a single, global authority.”
Strobe Talbott, Deputy Secretary of State in the Clinton administration

“Government debt paves the way for government control. Consider: Debt leads to taxation to pay interest. Taxation leads to more economic control over the people by the same government that ran up the debt in the first place. It’s hardly extreme to conclude that escalating debt is part of a plan, such as a plan to establish a new world order.”
John F. McManus

“The New World Order is a world that has supranational authority to regulate the world commerce and industry.; an international organization that would control the production and consumption of oil; an international currency that would replace the dollar; a World Development Fund that would make funds available to free and Communist nations alike; and an international police force to enforce the edicts of the New World Order.”
former German Chancellor Willy Brandt

“The Rockefellers learned nearly a century ago that there are two standard ways for one of their companies to absorb another corporation. If the firm to be acquired is much smaller, a “takeover” is the simplest procedure. But if the competitor is more your equal, a “merger” must be arranged.
… Recognizing this political fact of life the master planners devised the strategy of a merger – a Great Merger- among nations.
But before such a merger can be consummated, and the United States becomes just another province in a New World Order, there must at least be the semblance of parity among the senior partners in the deal. How does one make the nations of the world more nearly equal? The Insiders determined that a two-prong approach was needed; use American money and know-how to build up your competitors, while at the same time use every devious strategy you can devise to weaken and impoverish this country. The goal is not to bankrupt the United States. Rather, it is to reduce our productive might, and therefore our standard of living, to the meager subsistence level of the socialized nations of the world.
Only a fascist-socialist dictatorship would have the power to accomplish such a “redistribution.” Notice that the plan is not to bring the standard of living in less developed countries up to our level, but to bring ours down to meet theirs coming up.
You may be assured, however, that the Rockefellers and their allies are not talking about reducing their own quality of life. It is your standard of living which must be sacrificed on the altar of the New World Order.
The Rockefeller game plan is to use population, energy, food, and financial controls as a method of people control which will lead, steadily and deliberately, into the Great Merger.”
Gary Allen in his book “The Rockefeller File”

“Under the New World Order, the demarcation between “organized capital” and “organized crime” is blurred. The restructuring of global trade and finance tends to favor the concurrent “globalization” of the criminal economy, which is intricately tied into the corporate establishment. In turn, the state apparatus is criminalized.”
Michel Chossudovsky in his book ” America’s War on Terrorism”

“People, governments and economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational banks and corporations.”
Zbigniew Brzezinski, in his book “Technotronic Era”

“Some dilution or leveling off of the sovereignty system as it prevails in the world today must take place to the immediate disadvantage of those nations which now possess the preponderance of power… The establishment of a common money… would deprive our government of exclusive control over a national money… The United States must be prepared to make sacrifices afterward in setting up a world politico-economic order which would level off inequalities of economic opportunity with respect to nations.”
John Foster Dulles, 1939

“Panics and financial depressions would ultimately result in World Government, a new order of one world government.”
Amschel Mayer Rothschild, 1774

“A threat confronts liberal democracy. More directly linked to the impact of technology, it involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled and directed society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite whose claim to political power would rest on allegedly superior scientific know-how. Unhindered by the restraints of traditional liberal values, this elite would not hesitate to achieve its political ends by using the latest modern techniques for influencing public behavior and keeping society under close surveillance and control. Persisting social crisis, the emergence of a charismatic personality, and the exploitation of mass media to obtain public confidence would be the steppingstones in the piecemeal transformation of the United States into a highly controlled society.
Zbigniew Brzezinski in his 1970 book “Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era”

“The global financial elites who wish to set up their world dictatorship recognize their main enemy to be the great middle class of the United States, which, being made up of individuals who have acquired a little education, property, and independence, will fight strenuously to keep them. The strategy of the elites is to squeeze the middle class to death by creating or exacerbating the major problems facing the society, including class warfare, crime, education, moral decay, etc., and then creating in response spurious governmental programs to “cure” the problems that they just created.”
W. Cleon Skousen in his book “The Naked Capitalist”, 1970 – a review of Carroll Quigley’s 1966 book “Tragedy and Hope”

“In the US, Canada and Great Britain, and also in most countries of the European Union, the legal fabric of society has been overhauled. Based on the repeal of the Rule of Law, the foundations of an authoritarian state apparatus have emerged with little or no organized opposition from the mainstay of civil society.”
Michel Chossudovsky in his book ” America’s War on Terrorism”

“The World Trade Organization is the third pillar of the New World Order, along with the United Nations and the International Monetary Fund.”
a description of the World Trade Organization (WTO) in a full-page ad in the New York Times

“Behind the veil of legitimacy and humanitarian concerns can be found the same powerful people and organizations such as the Open Society Institute of George Soros, the Ford Foundation, the United States Institute of Peace, the National Endowment for Democracy and many more, financing and using a maze of well known NGO’s such as Human Rights Watch, Amnesty International, the International Crisis Group, etc., as well as more obscure entities.
With the help of these various groups it is possible not only to shape but to create the news, the agenda and public opinion to further aims which are, in short, the control of the world, its natural resources and the furtherance of the uniform ideal of a perfect world polity made in America.”
Gilles d’Aymery, 2001

“The middle class is targeted for elimination because most of the world has no middle class, and to fully integrate and internationalize a middle class, this would require industrialization and development in places such as Africa, and certain places in Asia and Latin America, and would represent a massive threat to the Superclass, as it would be a valve through which much of their wealth and power would escape them. Their goal is not to lose their wealth and power to a transnational middle class, but rather to extinguish the notion of a middle class, and transnationalize a lower, uneducated, labor oriented class, through which they will secure ultimate wealth and power.”
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“The standard of living of the average American has to decline …. I don’t think you can escape that.”
former Federal Reserve Chairman Paul Volcker, 1979

“Whatever remaining wealth the middle class holds is in the process of being eliminated by the economic crisis and as the crisis progresses, the middle classes of the world will suffer, while a great percentage of lower classes of the world, poverty-stricken even prior to the crisis, will suffer the greatest, most probably leading to a massive reduction in population levels, particularly in the “underdeveloped” or “Third World” states.”
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“The Western military and security apparatus endorses and supports dominant economic and financial interests – i.e. the build-up, as well as the exercise, of military might enforces “free trade… NATO coordinates its military operations with the World Bank and the IMF’s policy interventions, and vice versa. Consistently, the security and defense bodies of the Western military alliance, together with the various civilian governmental and intergovernmental bureaucracies (e.g. IMF, World Bank, WTO) share a common understanding, ideological consensus and commitment to the New World Order.”
Michel Chossudovsky in his book “The Globalization of Poverty and the New World Order”

“The British Empire was built by colonizing other countries, seizing their natural resources, and shipping them to England to feed the British industrialists’ factories. In the wake of the “red coats” invasions, local cultures were often trampled and replaced by a “more progressive” British way of life.
The Wall Street-dominated NWO Empire is being built by colonizing other countries with foreign loans or investments. When the fish is firmly on the hook, the NWO financial terrorists pull the plug, leaving the unsuspecting victim high and dry. And begging to be rescued. In comes the International Monetary Fund (IMF). Its bailout recipes – privatization, trade liberalization and other austerity reforms – amount to seizing the target countries’ natural and other resources, and turning them over to the NWO elites just as surely as the British Empire did by using cruder methods.”
Bob Djurdjevic writing in the paleoconservative journal Chronicles, 1998

“We have before us the opportunity to forge for ourselves and for future generations a New World Order. A world where the rule of law, not the law of the jungle, governs the conduct of nations. When we are successful, and we will be, we have a real chance at this New World Order. An order in which a credible United Nations can use its peace-keeping role to fulfil the promise and vision of the UN’s founders.”
President George H. Bush, 1990

“The warfare being waged by the members of the World Order against the peoples and institutions of every nation has now reached the point of critical mass. Their determination to gradually weaken and destroy all the institutions of all societies, governments, and religions, in order to wreak their will on the helpless peoples of the world, is meeting more and more opposition. At the same time, because of the common goals and close interlocking of its principal agents, the foundations, the members of the World Order incur increasing danger of being recognized and exposed.”
Eustace Mullins, “The World Order”, 1985

“All the New World Order is, is powerful offshore corporations and banks that combine forces to bring in tyranny on a society-wide basis. All the New World Order is, is private corporations paying off your government to sign treaties with them, granting them government power to create monopolies and cartels, to control the free market and society.”
Alex Jones, 2010

“It is one of the least understood realities of modem history that many of America’s most prominent political and financial figures – then as now – have been willing to sacrifice the best interests of the United States in order to further their goal of creating a one-world government. The strategy has remained unchanged since the formation of Cecil Rhodes’ society and its offspring, the Round Table Groups. It is to merge the English-speaking nations into a single political entity, while at the same time creating similar groupings for other geopolitical regions. After this is accomplished, all of these groupings are to be amalgamated into a global government, the so-called Parliament of Man.”
G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“If you wanted to control the nation’s manufacturing, commerce, finance, transportation and natural resources, you would need only to control the apex, the power pinnacle, of an all-powerful socialist government. Then you would have a monopoly and could squeeze out all your competitors. If you wanted a national monopoly, you must control a national socialist government. If you want a worldwide monopoly, you must control a world socialist government.
That is what the game is all about. “Communism” is not a movement of the downtrodden masses but is a movement created, manipulated and used by power-seeking billionaires in order to gain control over the world … first by establishing socialist governments in the various nations and then consolidating them all through a “Great Merger,” into an all-powerful world, socialist super-state.”

Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“We shall have World Government, whether or not we like it. The only question is whether World Government will be achieved by conquest or consent.”

international banker James Warburg testifying before the United States Senate on Feb. 7, 1950

“Monopoly capitalism is impossible unless you have a government with the power to strangle would-be competitors.
The easiest way to control or eliminate competitors is not to best them in the marketplace, but to use the power of government to exclude them from the marketplace. If you wish to control commerce, banking, transportation, and natural resources on a national level, you must control! the federal government. If you and your clique wish to establish worldwide monopolies, you must control World Government.”

Gary Allen in his book “The Rockefeller File”

“Without controlled conflict this New World Order will not come about… The International bankers backed the Nazis, the Soviet Union, North Korea, North Vietnam against the United States. The “conflict” built profits while pushing the world ever closer to One World Government. The process continues today.”

Antony Sutton in his book “America’s Secret Establishment”, 1983

“The name of the game is the creation of world banks, regional currencies, multinational trusts, giant foundations, land expropriations, and massive transfers of natural resources – the cartelization of the world’s natural resources – which will ultimately evolve into transfers of national sovereignty.”

Larry Abraham with Franklin Sanders in their book “The Greening: The Environmentalists’ Drive for Global Power”

“The technetronic era involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values. Soon it will be possible to assert almost continuous surveillance over every citizen and maintain up-to-date complete files containing even the most personal information about the citizen. These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities.”

Zbigniew Brzezinski in his 1970 book “Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era

“The global financial elite of the Ford, Carnegie and Rockefeller foundations are making the plans [for a one world government]. The real name of the game is 1984. We will have systematic population reduction, forced sterilization or anything else which the planners deem necessary to establish absolute control in their humanitarian utopia. But to enforce these plans, you must have an all-powerful world government. You can’t do this if individual nations have sovereignty. And before you can facilitate the Great Merger, you must first centralize control within each nation, destroy the local police and remove the guns from the hands of the citizenry. You must replace our once free Constitutional Republic with an all-powerful central government.”

Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“There is a largely unrecorded history and it tells a story quite different than our sanitized textbooks. It tells a story of the deliberate creation of war, the knowing finance of revolution to change governments, and the use of conflict to create a New World Order.”
Antony Sutton in his book “America’s Secret Establishment”, 1983

“Just as our banks and corporations have plundered the Third World with rapacious delight over the past three decades, now they will be able to do the same to the populations of the rich nations themselves. The state will transform, as it did in the ‘Third World’, into a typically totalitarian institution which is responsible for protecting the super-rich and controlling, oppressing, or, in extreme cases of resistance, eliminating the ‘problem populations’ (i.e., the people).”

Jurriaan Maessen, Global Research

“The next step is the Great Merger of all nations of the world into a dictatorial world government. This was the main reason behind the push to bring Red China into the United Nations. If you want to control the natural resources, transportation, commerce and banking for the whole world, you must put everybody under the same roof.”
Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“The master planners devised the strategy of a merger – a Great Merger – amon
“The future of the global political economy is one of increasing moves toward a global system of governance, or a world government, with a world central bank and global currency.
… What we are witnessing is the creation of a New World Order, composed of a totalitarian global government structure.
… The very concept of a global currency and global central bank is authoritarian in its very nature, as it removes any vestiges of oversight and accountability away from the people of the world, toward a small, increasingly interconnected group of international elites.”
Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

“With the exception of the U.S.S.R. as a federate-Eurasian state, all other continents will become united in a world alliance, at whose disposal will be an international police force. All armies will be abolished, and there will be no more wars. In Jerusalem, the United Nations will build a Shrine of the Prophets to serve the federated union of all continents; this will be the seat of the Supreme Court of Mankind, to settle all controversies among the federated continents.”
David Ben-Gurion

“Through the Roosevelt, Truman, Eisenhower and Kennedy administrations its ideology is constant: That the best way to fight Communism is by a One World Socialist state governed by “experts” like themselves. The result has been policies which favor the growth of the superstate, gradual surrender of United States sovereignty to the United Nations and a steady retreat in the face of Communist aggression.”
Kermit Roosevelt, 1961

“Every step the United States takes toward political and economic entanglements with the rest of the world is a step toward realization of the end objective of Communism: creating a one-world socialist political and economic system in which we will be one of the subjugated provinces.
… If the world government included the despotic, oligarchic, militaristic, feudalistic, and primitive systems of Asia, the Middle East, Africa, and Latin America, it would necessarily become the bloodiest and most oppressive tyranny the world has ever known.”
Dan Smoot in his book “The Invisible Government”

“The drive of the Rockefellers and their allies is to create a one-world government combining super capitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control. Do I mean conspiracy? Yes I do. I am convinced there is such a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent.”
Congressman Lawrence P. McDonald, 1976

“If you wish to establish national monopolies, you must control national governments. If you wish to establish international monopolies or cartels, you must control a world government.”
Gary Allen in his book “None Dare Call It Conspiracy”

“A purpose of the Bretton Woods system is to create a world government ruled by the banking elites, using the United Nations as the core of a political structure and the IMF as the world central bank.
… The [global banking] elites understand that they will never be able to consolidate and hold their power by means of a gradualist program unless and until they are able to make the IMF the sole issuer of the world’s only important currency [the dollar].”
G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”

“Regionalization is in keeping with the tri-lateral plan which calls for a gradual convergence of East and West, ultimately leading toward the goal of ‘one world government’. National sovereignty is no longer a viable concept.”
Zbigniew Brzezinski

“George Bush has been surrounding himself with people who believe in one-world government. They believe that the Soviet system and the American system are converging,” and the manner in which they would accomplish that was through the United Nations.”
David Funderburk, a former U.S. Ambassador to Romania, 1991

“A radical alternative scheme for the next century would be the creation of a common currency for all the industrial democracies, with a common monetary policy and a joint Bank of Issue to determine that monetary policy … How can independent states accomplish that? They need to turn over the determination of monetary policy to a supranational body.”
– Richard Cooper, Harvard professor and Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) member, in Foreign Affairs, 1984

“The world is … prepared to march towards a world government. The supra national sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries.”
– David Rockefeller at the June 1991 Bilderberg meeting in Baden-Baden, Germany

“The organized intellectual powers of the West – the principle think tanks and banking interests – have sought to create a perfect global system of governance, one in which power does not sway from nation to nation, or West to East, but rather that power is centralized globally… it is through crises – economic, political, and social – that this process of global governance can be rapidly accelerated.”
– Andrew Gavin Marshall

“The big question is why hasn’t government and the Fed tried to solve the economic situation [in the United States]? The answer is they have no intention of doing so, because they want the public on their knees economically and financially so they can impose World Government.”
– Bob Chapman

“The network of world financiers are not pro-Communist. Their motivation is profit and power. They are now working to bring both Russia and the United States into a world government which they expect to control. War and threats of war are tools to prod the masses toward the acceptance of that goal. It is essential, therefore, that the United States and the industrialized nations of world have credible enemies.”
– G. Edward Griffin in his book “The Creature from Jekyll Island”, 1994

“The entities who now control the wealth and power will accumulate even more wealth and power. A new global reserve currency will emerge and a global central bank will be the global governing authority where the heads of state report to a group of central bankers and their anonymous shareholders who control the money, power and politicians on a global scale.”
– Craig Harris, 2008

“The two aims of the Party are to conquer the whole surface of the earth and to extinguish once and for all the possibility of independent thought.
The capitalists owned everything in the world, and everyone else was their slave. They owned all the land, all the houses, all the factories, and all the money. If anyone disobeyed them they could throw him into prison, or they could take his job away and starve him to death.”
– George Orwell in his book “1984”

PREPARE FOR A PLUTOCRAT-CONTROLLED NEOLIBERAL ECONOMIC ORDER AND GLOBAL AUTHORITARIANISM

Things are moving rapidly. Inequality in America is extreme. Authoritarianism is increasing. Before we realize it, America’s democratic experiment will have ended in failure, and possibly chaos. Societies with extreme inequality have always come to ignoble ends. The question is whether America will end with a whimper, or with a bang.

American hubris has resulted in global economic chaos and strategic confrontation. We are no longer the only superpower. Both Russia and China, once great empires, want a second chance at global prosperity and respect. As the U.S. is forced by circumstances to abandon its role as the sole global policeman and economic powerhouse, others are ready to take its place. But, dying empires are known to flail about and fight viciously to preserve their former hegemony. And, it looks like the United States will not go quietly into the night.

U. S. power was at its peak following World War II. America ruled the globe economically and militarily. It’s influence was ubiquitous and its soft power seemingly unlimited. But, arrogance and greed have turned the United States into a pariah. We are feared for our power, but no longer respected for our institutions. Inequality, injustice, corruption, and our projection of violence, have turned much of the world against us.

Throughout the 20th century and into the 21st century, the United States rhetorically lauded the benefits of democracy, while undermining democratically-elected governments everywhere. U.S.-sponsored coups and “color revolutions” dressed-up as spontaneous popular uprisings, have shown that democratic governments are not well-suited to withstand 21st century ‘realpolitik’.

Developing countries, which once looked to the United States as a model for political and economic development, are re-evaluating whether democracy is their best political choice. As the economic and political might of Russia and China grow, so does their influence.
And, as the United States repeatedly demonstrates how easily it can manipulate elections and exploit popular unrest, while hypocritically preaching about democracy, developing countries may conclude that authoritarian government may be their best survival option.

The result: democracy will be left in the dustbin of history.

On the economic front, a new feudalism is emerging. As work is made contingent and part-time, employee benefits are cut, operations are moved offshore, unemployment increases, well-paying manufacturing jobs become minimum-wage service jobs, family debt grows, inequality increases and opportunities disappear, the United States is beginning to look more like a mal-developed country in the global South, than an economic giant, while American workers, once the envy of the world, struggle to compete with workers in the third world.

21st century neoliberal capitalism is producing chaos, globally. Unabashed greed, absence of effective regulation of business activity, and the growth of global casino capitalism have caused untold damage. Austerity, privatization, extreme financial risk-taking, endemic fraud and market manipulation have combined to produce a perfect economic storm. Regulators have stopped regulating, plutocrats continue to accumulate wealth, and politicians grab what they can. Nobody trusts anybody, banks won’t lend, unemployment is high and rising, personal debt is staggering, and hardship and imiseration are growing, while the .01% spends with abandon and economic inequality has achieved heights not seen since the Gilded Age of the late 19th century.

Business and political elites have shown a willingness to undermine and severely damage their own country’s economy, in order to weaken a populist government that refuses to support neoliberal economic policies that enrich the wealthy. As the economy is covertly sabotaged, the population, unaware that the source of their misery is the business elite, blame the populist leaders, and remove them from office. The result is that neoliberal governments replace populist governments, anti-worker policies are adopted and accelerated, the elites grow richer, and the working class suffers even more.

In Asia, China’s growing economic power is transforming global finance. The Chinese yuan may soon take its place as an international reserve currency, joining the dollar – or even replacing it. The global impact of the dollar’s reserve currency displacement would be enormous.

Banks have started restricting cash withdrawals. It is now difficult to take out more than a few thousand dollars in cash from some banks. Soon it may be nearly impossible to withdraw cash from bank accounts.

Some countries are considering becoming cashless societies, where money will no longer be accepted and all monetary transactions will be digital. The result will be the end of financial privacy. Governments will then have total control over the economic lives of their citizens.

In the new “normal” financial environment, banks will prosper by taxing the deposits of savers (rather than paying interest on deposits) or by taking some of the savings of their customers (bail-ins) as needed to enhance their balance sheets.

As the economic noose tightens, political turmoil, popular unrest and even global conflict may result.

Kleptocratic elites, in concert with corrupt political and business leaders, will not be the solution to the problem – they will be the problem.

Every person will have to fend for himself or herself, and for their loved ones, in a more chaotic, less fair, less democratic, more authoritarian world.